‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ‬

‫ﰲ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫إﻋﺪاد‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ اﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﳊﻤﻴﺪ اﻷﺛﺮي‬

‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ وﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﱄ اﻟﺸﻴﺦ‪ /‬ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ اﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ آل اﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫وزﻳﺮ اﻟﺸﺆون اﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ واﻷوﻗﺎف واﻟﺪﻋﻮة واﻹرﺷﺎد‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

‫‪         ‬‬

‫) ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ ﻭﻟﻮﺟﻬﻚ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎ (‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻧﻔﻊ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻌﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﺭﺋﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻣﻌﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺎﺷﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺁﻣﲔ‬

‫‪٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻘﺪﱘ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳉﻼﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺃﲪﺪﻩ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺃﺷﻜﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻟﻮﻫﻴﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺪ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺭﺑﻮﺑﻴﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﺜﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ﰲ‬
‫] ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪      ‬‬ ‫ﺃﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪ . [ ١١‬ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﳌﲔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﳍﺪﻯ ﻭﺩﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻖ ﻟﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺿﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺒﻌﺚ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺟﻬﻼﺀ ؛ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﳉﻬﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﳋﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻄﺎﺣﻨﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻧﺰﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺻﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻴﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﱯ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﰲ ﲣﻠﻒ ﻭﳘﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﺮﻗﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻌﺎﺭﻫﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳﺬﺩ ﻋـﻦ ﺣﻮﺿـﻪ ﺑـﺴﻼﺣﻪ‪ ‬ﻳﻬﺪﻡ ﻭﻣـﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻠـﻢ ﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺱ ﻳﻈﻠـﻢ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺮﻕ ﺑﻌـﺚ ﳏﻤﺪﺍ ‪ ‬ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ " :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﲝﻖ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ " ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺣﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ‪} :‬‬

‫] ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪ [ ٥٦‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻟﺖ‬ ‫)‪(٢‬‬

‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪    ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻐﺮﺱ ﺟﺬﻭﺭﻩ ﰲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ‪،‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١١ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٦ :‬‬

‫‪٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻳﺒﲏ ﺃﺳﺴﻪ ﻭﺩﻋﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﰲ ﺳﻮﻳﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺃﺭﻛﺎﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﺪﺍﻥ ؛ ﺣﱴ ﺍﺗﻀﺤﺖ‬

‫ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻟﻜﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﳌﻪ ﻟﻠﺮﺍﻏﺒﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺃﺯﻫﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺿﺎﺀﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﺺ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻠﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻘﻠﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺪﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺟﺮﺩﺍﺀ ﻓﺴﻘﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﳕﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻫﺘﺰﺕ ﻭﺭﺑﺖ ﻭﺃﻧﺒﺘﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺯﻭﺝ‬
‫‪‬ﻴﺞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺰﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺮﻗﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻐﻠﻮﺑﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﻃﻬﺮﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻻ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳﺘﺸﺮﺏ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﺺ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻗﺖ‬
‫‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺍﺟﺖ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻃﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﺑﺮﺃﺳﻬﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﺸﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﺑﺒﺆﺳﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺯﺍﻏﺖ ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳊﻨﺎﺟﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﺘﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺯﻟﺰﻟﻮﺍ ﺯﻟﺰﺍﻻ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ ؛ ﻗﻴﺾ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻣﺸﻜﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﻗﻠﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﳍﻢ ﺯﻳﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﺣﺾ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﳌﺒﻄﻠﲔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﺩﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ؛ ﻟﲑﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺰ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﻏﻠﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﳍﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﻋﻘﻴﺪ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺪﻕ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻭﺳﲑﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺋﻤﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺫﳍﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﳔﺬﺍﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﶈﺪﺛﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﲣﺎﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻧﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺰﻉ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﳔﺪﺍﻉ ﺑﺰﺧﺮﻑ ﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺿﻌﻒ ﻗﻮ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺴﺮ ﺷﻮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳐﺮﺝ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬

‫‪٤‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺇﻻ ﲟﺎ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭﳍﺎ ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﻮﺹ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺎﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺪﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳎﺎﻓﺎﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪                       ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ ] (١) {    ‬ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ‪. [ ٢٥ :‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻣﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﻇﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ‪،‬‬
‫‪       ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻘﻤﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺻﻴﺘﻪ ﻻﺑﻨﻪ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ ] (٢) {  ‬ﻟﻘﻤﺎﻥ ‪. [ ١٣ :‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺍﺀ ‪ ‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ " ‬ﻭﺇﱐ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﳉﻦ ﰲ ﻧﺒﺄ‬

‫ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﻠﻖ ﻭﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻏﲑﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺯﻕ ﻭﻳﺸﻜﺮ ﻏﲑﻱ { ] ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﰲ " ﻣﺴﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻴﲔ " ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﰲ " ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ " ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻠﻤﻲ ﰲ " ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻭﺱ " [ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﻠﻘﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﺻﻼﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺴﺎﺩ ‪،‬‬
‫‪           ‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ ] (٣) {     ‬ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ‪. [ ٥٦ :‬‬

‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻹﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﺴﺪ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﻮﺭﺍ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﰲ ﻣﺴﲑﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻭﳛﺎﺩ ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﻄﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٥ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻘﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٣ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٦ :‬‬

‫‪٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫)‪(١‬‬
‫} ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺑﻮﺍﻩ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﺼﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺃﻭ ﳝﺠﺴﺎﻧﻪ {‬
‫] ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ [ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻀﺪﻩ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪:‬‬
‫} ﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺭﰊ ﺃﻣﺮﱐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺟﻬﻠﺘﻢ ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﲏ ﻳﻮﻣﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ‪ :‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳓﻠﺘﻪ ﻋﺒﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺣﻼﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱐ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﻨﻔﺎﺀ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﺗﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﻓﺎﺟﺘﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺮﻣﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻠﻠﺖ ﳍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﰊ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺎ ‪ ] (٢) { . . .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ [ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﺷﻨﻌﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻻ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺧﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺰﻳﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﳋﻄﺎ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﻒ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻗﻨﻌﺘﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮﺕ ﺑﺪﻋﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﻴﺖ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺃﺳﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﺋﺪﺓ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺒﺸﺖ ﻛﺘﺐ ﳍﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻨﺴﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺮﺯﺕ ﲨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺎ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ﰲ ﻏﺎﻳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻭﺳﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ‬
‫ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻟﻌﻨﺖ ﺃﺧﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻄﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮﺛﺮﺍ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻓﺴﺪﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺎﺯﻋﻮﺍ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺳﻠﻄﺎ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺎﻗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﲔ ﳍﻢ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻌﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﳑﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﺩﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﻔﲔ ﻟﻸﺛﺮ ؛ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺍﺟﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﻴﲔ ﻣﻌﺎﱂ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻛﺘﺐ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﺰ )‪ ، (١٣١٩‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ )‪ ، (٢٦٥٨‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ )‪ ، (٢١٣٨‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪، (٤٧١٤‬‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٢٧٥/٢‬ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﺰ )‪. (٥٦٩‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺻﻔﺔ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ )‪ ، (٢٨٦٥‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٦٢/٤‬‬

‫‪٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺷﺮﺡ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﰲ ﺩﺭﻭﺳﻬﻢ ﻭﺧﻄﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﳏﺎﺿﺮﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻭﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﺜﺎﻻ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫‪             ‬‬ ‫}‬

‫‪ ] (١) {  ‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ‪. [ ٣١ :‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪:‬‬
‫} ﺃﻭﺻﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍ ﺣﺒﺸﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻓﺴﲑﻯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ؛ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﻨﱵ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳﲔ ؛‬
‫ﲤﺴﻜﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻀﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺍﺟﺬ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﳏﺪﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻞ ﳏﺪﺛﺔ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ { )‪ ] (٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ [ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪           ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ ] (٣) {        ‬ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ‪. [ ١٥٣ :‬‬

‫‪   ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪              ‬‬

‫] ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ‪. [ ١٠٨ :‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺧﱪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣١ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ )‪ ، (٢٦٧٦‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪ ، (٤٢‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (١٢٦/٤‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪. (٩٥‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٥٣ :‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٨ :‬‬

‫‪٧‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫} ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﱵ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻀﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺬﳍﻢ ؛ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ { )‪ ] . (١‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺏ " ‪ ، " ٢٨‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ )‪. [ (٣٦٤١‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ؛ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ } . . .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺑﲏ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻨﺘﲔ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻣﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺘﺮﻕ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺭﺍﻭﻱ‬ ‫)‪(٢‬‬

‫ﻭﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻣﻠﺔ ؛ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ {‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪: -‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫} ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﰊ { )‪ ] (٣‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ [ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ؛ ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺸﻌﺐ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻀﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺘﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﱳ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﻋﺪﺩﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﳜﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎﺋﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻃﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﻠﺼﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻘﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻟﻴﻔﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﺛﺮﻱ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺗﻊ ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ(‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﻏﺐ ﺇﱄ ﰲ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﱘ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻼﻋﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀﰐ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻟﻔﻴﺘﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺟﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻓﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺟﻬﺪﺍ ﻣﺸﻜﻮﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﳎﻤﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﺧﺎﺫ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺣﺴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻓﻖ ﰲ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺒﻪ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳓﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﱘ ﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻈﻬﺮﺕ ﻣﻨﻘﺤﺔ ﻭﻣﺼﺤﺤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺪﺭﻛﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺎﺕ ﻳﺴﲑﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺐ )‪ ، (٣٤٤٢‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ )‪ ، (١٠٣٧‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٩٣/٤‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪. (٢٦٤١‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪. (٢٦٤١‬‬

‫‪٨‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﳑﺎ ﳝﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺸﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻭﺃﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ ﳌﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺸﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻭﺋﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻀﻴﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻫﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ] (١) { ‬ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪        ‬‬ ‫}‬
‫‪ . [ ٢١‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫} ﻟﻴﺒﻠﻐﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﺪﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻭﺑﺮ ؛ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺰ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺬﻝ ﺫﻟﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺰﺍ ﻳﻌﺰ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻻ ﻳﺬﻝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ { )‪ ] (٢‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ [ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫ ﺃﺷﻜﺮ ﻟﻔﻀﻴﻠﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﻪ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺮﺻﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﱐ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺰﻳﻪ ﺧﲑ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﰲ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳛﻔﻆ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻘﻴﺪ‪‬ﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﲑ ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺒﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺿﺎﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻗﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﻷﺛﺮ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﺎ ﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺎﱀ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ‬
‫ﲨﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪١٤٢١‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢١ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٠٣/٤‬‬

‫‪٩‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﳊﹶﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻧ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌِﻴﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐﻔﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻌﻮﺫﹸ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮﻭﺭِ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﺴِﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣِﻦ‪‬‬
‫ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﺎﺕِ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎﻟﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﺪِﻩِ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﻼ ﻣ‪‬ﻀِﻞﱠ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻀﻠِﻞ ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻻ ﺇِﻟﻪ‪‬‬
‫ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪﻩ‪ ‬ﻻ ﺷ‪‬ﺮﻳِﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹸﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪           ‬‬ ‫}‬

‫} ‪           ‬‬ ‫‪{ ‬‬
‫)‪(١‬‬

‫‪                ‬‬

‫‪          ‬‬ ‫}‬ ‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ (٣) { ‬ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫‪            ‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ :‬ﻓﺈِﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹶﺪﻳﺚ ﻛﹶﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﳍﹶﺪﻱِ ﻫ‪‬ﺪﻱ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤﻤ‪‬ﺪٍ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭِ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﺎﺗ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﻞ ﳏ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﺔٍ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﻞﱠ ﺑﺪﻋﺔٍ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﻞ ﺿﻼﻟﺔٍ ﰲ‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ )*( ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻷَﺥ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﳐﺘﺼﺮﺓﹲ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫" ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﱀ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞِ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔِ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ " ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٢ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٧١ ، ٧٠ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻄﺒﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ‪ " :‬ﺧﻄﺒﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ " ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺸﺮﻉ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻛﻞﹼ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ؛ ﺧﻄﺒﺔ ﻧﻜﺎﺡ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﲨﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺧﺮﺟﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰲ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﰲ " ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ " ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ " ﻭ " ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ " ﻭ " ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ " ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ﰲ " ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ " ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﰲ "‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ " ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﰲ " ﺳﻨﻨﻪ " ﻭﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﰲ " ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ " ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﻄﺒﺔ ﰲ "‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﺧﻄﺒﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻠﺒﺴﻂ ﰲ ﲣﺮﳚﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ " ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ "‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﶈﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻌﻪِ ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑ‪‬ﺘِﻪِ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻷﻣ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑٍ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻼﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕِ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ؛ ﻛﻞﹲ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇِﱃ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺰﻛﻲ ﲨﺎﻋﺘﻪ ؛ ﺣﱴ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻂ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺻﺒﺤﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺣﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻣﺮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ؟ ﻭﲟﻦ ﻳﻘﺘﺪﻭﻥ ؟ !!‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‪ -‬ﻭﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ‪ -‬ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﲑ‪ ‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩِ ﺍﻷﻣ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﹾ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺰﺍﻝﹸ ﻃﺎﺋِﻔﹶﺔﹲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﳍﺪﻯ ﻭﺍﳊﻖ ﺇِﱃ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﻋﺔ ؛‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺧﱪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ‪ ‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ ﻃﹶﺎﺋﻔﹶﺔ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻣﱵ ﻇﹶﺎﻫِﺮﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬؛ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳﺄﺗِﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬﻟِﻚ‪ (٢) (١) { ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٤) (٣‬‬
‫} ﻣﺜﹶﻞﹸ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺘِﻲ ﻣﺜﻞﹸ ﺍﳌﹶﻄﹶﺮ ؛ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻯ ﺃﻭ‪‬ﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﺧﲑ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻡ ﺁﺧِﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪{ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﺘﺰﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ‬ﻭﻃﺒ‪‬ﻘﻪ‪ ‬ﺟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻭﺃﹶﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﺑﺈِﺣﺴﺎﻥ‪ -‬ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺑﺄﻫﻞِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻭﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺃﹶﺳﺮﻋﺖ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﻫﺬﺍ " ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ " ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﰊ " ﺍﳌﹸﻴ‪‬ﺴﺮ‪ ‬ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫)‪(٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﹶﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺩِ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ "‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻣﺔِ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ؛ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻛﺎﺑﺮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺮﺻﺖ‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ )‪ ، (١٩٢٠‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ )‪ ، (٢٢٢٩‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺣﻢ )‪ ، (٤٢٥٢‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ‬
‫)‪ ، (٣٩٥٢‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٢٧٩/٥‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ )‪ ، (٢٨٦٩‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٣٠/٣‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻴﺴﺮ ﺇِﲤﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻧﺸﺮﻩ؛ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺪ ﻛﺒﲑ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ " ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ " ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﺟﺰﺓ ﻭﺃﹸﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣ‪‬ﻴﺴ‪‬ﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻷَﻟﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺄﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻹِﻣﻜﺎﻥ ؛ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻮﺓ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻮﻧﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﳎﻤﻞ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﱀ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﺘﺪﻱ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓٍ ﻣﻴﺴﺮﺓ ؛ ﻷَﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﹶﺷﺒﻪ ﺑﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁٍ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈِﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﳎﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺃﹶﺟﺰﺍﺋﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﱂ ﺃﹸﺿﻒ‪ ‬ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺇِﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺑﻴﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﻧﻮﻩ ﺑﺄﱐ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﺕ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺇِﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ " ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ " ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﺘﺎﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺃﹶﺷﻜﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘﻪ ﻹﲤﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ " ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺭﺟﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﱄ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻪ ﻧﺎﻓﻌﺎ ﳍﻢ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺩﺍﻓﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇِﱃ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪. -‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺷﻜﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺇِﲤﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ " ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺇِﺑﺪﺍﺀ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺃﹶﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺃﹶﻭ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺳﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺇِﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﱘ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﲨﻴﻞ ﺯﻳﻨﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ ﺗﻔﻀﻼ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﱘ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺠﺰﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺧﲑﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺟ‪‬ﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻞ ﻭﺿﻌﺘﻪ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈِﻥ ﺃﹶﺻﺒﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﻓﻖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ -‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﹶﺧﻄﺄﺕ‪ ‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱐ ﺁﻣﻞ ﳑ‪‬ﻦ ﳚﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺄﺧﺬﺍ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺨﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺼﺢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﺳﺄﹶﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﹶﻥ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎ ﻟﻮﺟﻬﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺘﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﻣﲏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺑﺮﺃ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﳑﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪-‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻔﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ؛ ﻓﺈِﻥﹾ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺼﺪ " ﻓﺈِﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﰐ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﳝﻪ ﰲ ﻃﺒﻌﺘﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ‪ :‬ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﳉﱪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺑﻦ ﻓﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‬
‫ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ؛ ﺷﻜﺮ ﺍﷲ ﳍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺛﺎ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﻊ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﳑﺎﰐ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﱠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﺃﹶﲨﻌﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻲ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺭﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍ‪‬ﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺁﻝ ﺇِﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻵﺛﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺰﻳﻞ ﺇﺻﻄﻨﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻔﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺫﻱ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ‪ ١٤١٦‬ﻫـ‬

‫‪١٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪِ ؛ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺑﻂﹸ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﺑﺮﺍﻡ‪ ، ‬ﻭﺍﻹِﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪ ، ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻮﺛﻖ‪ ، ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻘﻮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺳ‪‬ﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺻﺔﹸ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ‪ ‬؛ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﻭﺍﳉﺰﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪ ﻧﻘﻴﺾ ﺍﳊﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪﻩ ﻳﻌﻘِﺪﻩ ﻋ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻘﹾﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫} ‪{            ‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ؛ ﻛﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻭﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ‪ :‬ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻼﺻﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥﹸ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺟﺎﺯﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ؛ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ؛ ﺳﻮﺍﺀٌ ﺃﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻃﻼ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺡ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎ ﻻ ﳝﺎﺯﺟﻬﺎ ﺭﻳـﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳜﺎﻟﻄﻬﺎ ﺷﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻱ ‪ :‬ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﺎﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻄﺮ‪‬ﻕ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﺷﻚ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺍﻗﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺷﻜﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻇﻨﺎ ؛ ﻓﺈِﻥ ﱂ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺇِﱃ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺍﳉﺎﺯﻡ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲰﻲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ؛ ﻷَﻥﱠ ﺍﻹِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻠﺒ‪‬ﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻣﻴ‪‬ﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﺎﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺃﹸﻟﻮﻫﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﹶﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺒﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺧﲑﻩ ﻭﺷﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺛﹶﺒ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻝ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ٨٩ ،‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪ :‬ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻂ ‪ " :‬ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻘﺪ " ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٤‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﲨﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﱀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻟﺮﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻣﻴ‪‬ﺔ ‪ :‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺃﹸﻃﻠﻘﺖ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ؛ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻀﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺩﻳﻨﺎ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻀ‪‬ﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺎﺑﻌﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺈِﺣﺴﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﲰﺎﺀ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ؛ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﺍﺩِﻓﹸﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ‪‬ﺪﻝﱡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫" ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ " ‪ " ،‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ " ‪ " ،‬ﺃﹸﺻ‪‬ﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ " ‪ " ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ " ‪ " ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ " ‪،‬‬
‫" ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ " ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﹶﺷﻬﺮ ﺇِﻃﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻀﻰ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﹶﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀُ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻔﺎ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﻣﻀﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪ‪‬ﻣﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﲑ ‪.‬‬
‫‪        ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫‪{   ‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻱ ‪ :‬ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﺳﻠﻔﺎ ﻣﺘﻘﺪ‪‬ﻣﲔ ﳌﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒِﺮ‪ ‬ﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺘﻌﻆ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﻒ‪) : ‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺪ‪‬ﻣﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺑﺎﺋﻚ ﺫﻭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻮﻗﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ‪،‬‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺳ‪‬ﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻷَﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﱀ(‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺡ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺃﹸﻃﹾﻠِﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀِ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩِ ﻓﺈِﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻭﺗﺎﺑﻌﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ ؛ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷَﺋﻤ‪‬ﺔِ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﻋﻼﻡِ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺩِ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺎﻹِﻣﺎﻣﺔِ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞِ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉِ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻣﺔِ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔِ ﻭﺍﳊﺬﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳑﻦ ﺍﺗﻔﻘﺖ ﺍﻷُﻣ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇِﻣﺎﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﲰﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﹶﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪.‬‬
‫‪           ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪(٣‬‬

‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫} ‪       ‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٥٦ ، ٥٥ ،‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪ :‬ﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺩﺓ " ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻒ‪. " ‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١١٥ :‬‬

‫‪١٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫)‪(١‬‬
‫‪{ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٣) (٢‬‬
‫} ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱِ ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﱐ ﺛﹸﻢ ﺍﻟﹶﺬﻳِﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹶﺬِﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪{ ‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺻﺤﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺎﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺈِﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇِﱃ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺻﺤﺎﺑﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺈِﺣﺴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺷﺮﻃﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ؛ ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻷَﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺑﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻋﺎﺵ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮﺍﻧﻴﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﱀ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪            ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪               ‬‬

‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪{           ‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﲔ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫‪           ‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻃﺎﻋﺔﹶ‬ ‫)‪(٥‬‬

‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪      ‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٠ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ )‪ ، (٢٥٠٩‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ )‪ ، (٢٥٣٣‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺐ )‪ ، (٣٨٥٩‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ )‪ ، (٢٣٦٢‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٤٣٤/١‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٩ :‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٦٩ :‬‬

‫‪١٧‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

 ‫ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬، ‫ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬-‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬

(١)
{               }
‫ﺒﻄﻞﹲ‬‫ ﳏﺒﻂﹲ ﻭﻣ‬-‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬- ‫ﻭﺃﹶﺧﱪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬
: ‫ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬، ‫ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
(٢)
{             }

    } : ‫ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬- ‫ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬-ِ‫ﺎﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﹶﻣﺮﻩ‬‫ﻭ‬

‫( ﻭﺃﹶﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬٣) {          

 ‫ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬، ‫ﺎﻧﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ‬ ‫ ﻭﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ‬-‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬- ‫ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
                }

‫ ﰲ ﻛﻞﱢ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻣﻦ‬-‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬- ‫( ﻭﺃﹶﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﹶﻥ ﳓﻜﻤﻪ‬٤) { 
: ‫ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬، ‫ ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﺮﺟﻊ ﺇِﱃ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ‬، ‫ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ‬
              }

‫ ﻭﺑﻠﻐﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‬. ٦٥ ، ‫ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‬: ‫ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‬ (٥)

{      

، ‫ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ‬، ‫ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷُﺳﻮﺓ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺔ‬-‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬- ‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﺄﹶﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ‬
     }  ‫ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬، ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻷَﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﺐ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﻪ‬

. ٨٠ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ‬1)

. ٣٣ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺁﻳﺔ‬2)
. ١٤ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ‬3)
. ٧ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺸﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ‬4)
. ٦٥ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ‬5)

١٨
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪           ‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ . ٢١ ،‬ﻭﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺿﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ (٢) {          } :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ . ٦٢ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪        ‬‬ ‫ﳏﺒﺘﻪ‪ -‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ (٣) { ‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹶﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻉ‬ ‫‪     ‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻭﺳﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫‪              ‬‬ ‫}‬

‫‪ (٤) { ‬ﻭﺃﹶﻓﻀﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫‪   ‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﹶﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺇﺧﻼﺹٍ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‬
‫‪        ‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ (٥) { ‬ﰒﹶ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪          ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﹸﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ؛ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﻢِ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ؛ ﻓﺎﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﺎﺑﺔ‬ ‫)‪(٧) (٦‬‬
‫} ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻗﹶﺮ‪‬ﻧِﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺛﹸﻢ ﺍﻟﹶﺬﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ، ‬ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹶﺬِﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮ‪‬ﹸﻢ‪{ ‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢١ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٦٢ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣١ :‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٩ :‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٣ :‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ )‪ ، (٢٥٠٩‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ )‪ ، (٢٥٣٣‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺐ )‪ ، (٣٨٥٩‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ )‪ ، (٢٣٦٢‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٤٣٤/١‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٩‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﺣﻖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺼﺪﻗﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺇﳝﺎ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺧﻼﺻﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ‪‬ﻢ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣ‪‬ﻤﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻮﻥ ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﻮﻻ ﻭﻋﻤﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﻴ‪‬ﻪ ‪. ‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫} ﺗ‪‬ﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺮﻕ‪ ‬ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺘِﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺛﹶﻼﹶﺙ ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌِﲔ‪ ‬ﻣﻠﺔ ؛ ﻛﹸﻠﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭِ ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹼﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣِﺪ‪‬ﺓ {‬

‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻫﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﺻ‪‬ﺤﺎﰊ { )‪ (٣) (٢‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞﱢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺠﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ " ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻔِﻲ‪ " ‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﻢ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﲤﻴﻴﺰﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ ﻣﻦ ﳜﺎﻟﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪           ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ (٤) {          ‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻊ ﺃﹶﻱ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺇِﻻ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻔﺘﺨﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﻢ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻔﻆ " ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻔﻴ‪‬ﺔ " ﺃﹶﺻﺒﺢ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﱀ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥﱠ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻔﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺴﻜﲔ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﲤﺴﻜﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﻔﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪. (٢٦٤١‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪. (٢٦٤١‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪.١١٥ ،‬‬

‫‪٢٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺴِﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻦ ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪: ‬‬
‫ﺑ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔﹸ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﲑﺓ ‪ ،‬ﳏﻤﻮﺩﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﹶﻡ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫} ﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒِﻌ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺷِﺒ‪‬ﺮﺍ ﺑِﺸِﱪ‪ ‬ﻭﺫِﺭﺍﻋﺎ ﺑِﺬِﺭﺍﻉ { )‪ (٢) (١‬ﺃﹶﻱ ‪ :‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳﻦ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﹶﻡِ ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨﻪ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻫﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤِﻞﹶ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ‪‬‬
‫ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪِﻩ ؛ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮِ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘﹸﺺ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﺟ‪‬ﻮﺭِﻫِﻢ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻲ‪‬ﺀٌ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳﻦ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡ ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫)‪(٥‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺌﺔ { )‪ - (٤) (٣‬ﺃﹶﻱ ‪ " :‬ﺳﲑﺓ ‪ . . .‬ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ "‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺍﳍﺪﻱ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻻ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍ ‪ .‬ﻭﺗ‪‬ﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻦِ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻓﺈِﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌِﺶ‪ ‬ﻣِﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﲑﻯ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ )‪ ، (٣٢٦٩‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ )‪ ، (٢٦٦٩‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٨٤/٣‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (١٠١٧‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ )‪ ، (٢٦٧٥‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (٢٥٥٤‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪، (٢٠٣‬‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٣٥٩/٤‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪. (٥١٤‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪ :‬ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﳐﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺩﺓ " ﺳﻨﻦ " ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫)‪(٢) (١‬‬
‫ﺍﺧ‪‬ﺘﻼﻓﺎ ﻛﹶﺜﲑﺍ ؛ ﻓﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑِﺴﻨ‪‬ﱵ ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔِ ﺍﳋﻠﹶﻔﹶﺎﺀِ ﺍﳌﹶﻬ‪‬ﺪِﻳﲔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺍﺷِﺪﻳﻦ {‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓﹲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻊِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀِ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐِ ﺑﻌﻀِﻪِ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾٍ ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺎﻝ ﺟ‪‬ﻤﻌﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪، ‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺟ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪. (‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺸﺘﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮ‪‬ﻗﹶﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﳚﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻏﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻣﺮٍ ﻣﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺡ ‪:‬‬
‫ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻒ‪ ‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗ‪‬ﺒﻌﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﺈِﺣﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺇِﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ؛ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﺣ‪‬ﺜﱠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺋﺘﻼﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑِ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻨﺎﺣﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪{‬‬ ‫‪     ‬‬ ‫}‬

‫‪ (٥) { ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬ ‫‪      ‬‬

‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫} ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﻥ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﻩِ ﺍﳌﻠﺔ ﺳ‪‬ﺘﻔﹾﺘ‪‬ﺮﻕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺛﹶﻼﺙ ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒﻌﲔ ‪ ،‬ﺛِﻨ‪‬ﺘﺎﻥِ ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺒﻌﻮﻥﹶ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣِﺪﺓ ﰲ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ ، (٤٦٠٧‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪. (٩٥‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪ :‬ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﳐﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ‪ " :‬ﲨﻊ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٣ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٥ :‬‬

‫‪٢٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﳉﹶﻤﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﻳ‪‬ﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻔﹸﺮ‪‬ﻗﹶﺔﹶ ؛ ﻓﹶﺈِﻥﱠ‬ ‫)‪(٢) (١‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫﻲ ‪ " :‬ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ {‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﻴﻄﺎﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻮ‪‬ﺍﺣِﺪِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ ﺍﻻﺛﹾﻨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦِ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ ﺑ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻮﺣ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻠﹾﺰ‪‬ﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﰊ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪) ‬ﺍﳉﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻓﹶﻖ‪‬‬ ‫)‪(٤) (٣‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ {‬
‫)‪(٥‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﹶﺤ‪‬ﻖ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﻥ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪(‬‬
‫ﻓﹶﺄﻫﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔِ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪- ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺗﺒﻌﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻚ‪ ‬ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻭﺟﺎﻧﺒﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻗﻮﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭﻭﻥ ﺇِﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﺎﺗ‪‬ﺒﺎﻋ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻫ‪‬ﺪﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧِﻼﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺿ‪‬ﻼﻝ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ ، (٤٥٩٧‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (١٠٢/٤‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﲑ )‪. (٢٥١٨‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ )‪ ، (٢١٦٥‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٨/١‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ " ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﱐ ﰲ )ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ( ﻻﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ " ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰﻭﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ؛ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻂ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﳉﻔﺎﺀ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﰲ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﹶﻡ ﺍﻷَﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭﺳﻂﹲ ﺑﲔ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻣ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ﻭﺳﻂﹲ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻠﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﱢﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻨ‪‬ﺼﻮﺻﻬﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﳍﻢ ﺇِﻣﺎﻡ ﻣ‪‬ﻌﻈﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳﺄﹶﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻛﻠﹶﻪ ﻭﻳﺪﻋ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﹶﻔﻪ ﺇِﻻ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱِ ﺑﺄﹶﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻗﻮﺍﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺷﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺣﺮﺻﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﻻﺓ ﻷَﻫﻠﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﺗﺮﻛﻬﻢ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳎﺎﻧﺒﺔ ﺃﹶﻫﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺧﻮﳍﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻛﹸﻠﹼﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻢ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﻜﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٦‬ﺭ‪‬ﻓﹾﻀﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺴﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﻘﺪﳝﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻫﺎﻥ‪ -‬ﻭﺇﺧﻀﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻟﻸﻭﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٧‬ﲨﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭ‪‬ﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﶈﻜﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٨‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻢ ﻗﺪﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ؛ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﳊﻖِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺷﺪﻭﻥ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ؛‬
‫ﺑﺜﺒﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﻠﹸﺒِﻬِﻢ‪ ، ‬ﻭﺍﺗ‪‬ﻔﺎﻗﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹸﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨﻌﻬﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷَﺧﺬ ﺑﺎﻷَﺳﺒﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﲔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓِ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻠﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٤‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ -٩‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺴﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٠‬ﺣِﺮ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺸﺮِ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﱘ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﳍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﹸﻣﻮﺭﻫﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١١‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﹶﻋﻈﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﺻﱪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﺍﳍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﻮ‪‬ﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٢‬ﺣِﺮﺻ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻷُﻟﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺚ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺒﺬﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﹶﺔِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٣‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻬﻢ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻔﲑ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ ‪ ،‬ﰒﹶ ﻫﻢ ﳛﻜﻤﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﺑﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺪﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٤‬ﳏﺒ‪‬ﺔ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺣ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻭ‪‬ﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﺑﻌﺾ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺍﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺇِﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﳉﻤﻠﺔ ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﺃﹶﺧﻼﻗﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺣﺮﺻﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻛﺎﺓ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻭﺳﻌ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺃﹸﻓﹸﻘﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺭﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﳋﻼﻑ ﺻﺪﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻋﻠﻤ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺑﺂﺩﺍﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻟﻪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺻﻔﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓِ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕِ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ؛ ﺇِﺫﻥ ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻫﻢ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬
‫‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺠﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﻷﺧﺺ ﻷَﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ؛ ﻓﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻛﻞ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻷَﻫﻮﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﳋﻮﺍﺭﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺟﺌﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻀﺔ ‪ . .‬ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﳑﻦ ﺳﻠﻜﻮﺍ ﻣﺴﻠﻜﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﰲ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺼﺪﻩ ﺗﺮﲨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ‪ -‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ -‬ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫} ‪ (١) {      ‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﺗﺒﻴﺾ‪ ‬ﻭﺟﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞِ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔِ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﻭﺟﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞِ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ(‬
‫ﻭﻟﻔﻆ " ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ " ﻳﺮﺍﺩﻑ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪-‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷَﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﻃﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻔﻴﻀﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٦ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ " :‬ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ " ﺝ ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪ ، ٣٩٠‬ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ ١٠٦ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٢٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﱀ ﺃﹶﻭﱃ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔﹸ ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﺳﺎﺱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒﲎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷَﺳﺎﺱ ؛ ﻓﻤﺂﻟﻪ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﳍﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻻ‪‬ﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ‪ ‬ﺑﺈِﺭﺳﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﺮﺳﻴﺨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻞ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﻭﺃﹶﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺘﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﻞﱠ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﰲ ﻣﻜﱠﺔﹶ ﻳﺘﱰﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙﹸ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻷَﳘﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ‪ ‬ﰲ ﻣﻜﱠﺔﹶ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇِﻻ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺃﹶﳘﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺇِﱃ ﺃﹶﳘﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺗﺒﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲣﻠﻴﺼﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻼﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ :‬ﳍﺎ ﳑﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻓﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﺗ‪‬ﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻻ‪ -‬ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺰﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﻫﺪﻱ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻷَﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻱ ﲡﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺼﲑﻩ‪ -‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﺧﻔﺎﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫‪              ‬‬ ‫}‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫‪{       ‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ -‬ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻮﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻭﺗ‪‬ﻘﻮ‪‬ﻯ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲡﻤﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﻖ ؛‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١١٥ :‬‬

‫‪٢٧‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪                                   ‬‬ ‫ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈِﻥﱠ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻫﻢ ﺃﹶﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺠﻬﻢ‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬

‫{‬ ‫‪          ‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﱢﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﱢﻲ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻣ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﲢﻘﻖ ﰲ ﺻﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍ ﻷَﻭ‪‬ﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ -‬ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪-‬‬
‫ﻭﲝﺒ‪‬ﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﻬﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷَﻥﹶ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﻬﺎ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ؛ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻼﻋﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷَﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﻄﻖ ﻭﻋﻘﻼﻧﻴﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺇِﻻ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎ‪ -‬ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﻣ‪‬ﻴﺴﺮ‪‬ﺓﹲ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻟﹶﺒ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻏﻤﻮﺽ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭﲢﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻌﺘ‪‬ﻘِﺪ‪‬ﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻮﻙ ﻭﺍﻷَﻭﻫﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺳﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺮﻳﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﻷَﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﻱ ﻧﱯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷُﻣ‪‬ﺔ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺻﺤﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﲨﻌﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫‪          ‬‬ ‫}‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫‪{         ‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺎ ‪ :‬ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻋﻈﻢ ﺃﹶﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯ ﺑﺮﺿﻮﺍﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻷَﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻜﺎﺩ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﹶﻭ‬
‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٣ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٥ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻭﻣﻦِ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺃﹶﻥ " ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﹶﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺇِﺳﻼﻣﻲ ‪ " ! . .‬ﻷَﻥ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﺳﺎﺳﲔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺓ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺔ ‪ . .‬ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻊ ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺪﻭﺓ؛ ﻫ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻭﺗﺎﺑﻌﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺈٍﺣﺴﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ؛ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪﻱ ‪،‬‬

‫‪٢٨‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‬

‫" ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ "‬
‫ﺇِﻥ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‪ -‬ﻳﺴﲑﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷُﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺻﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺳ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﹶﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺣﺎﺩﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻔﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻒ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﻌﻬﻢ ﺑﺈِﺣﺴﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺷﺎﻓﻴﺎ ؛ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻷَﺣﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪِﺙﹶ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﻳﺰﻋﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﲤﺴﻚ ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷُﺻﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻨﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻷَﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﳌﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻷَﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﱀ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﳎﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻵﰐ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺇِﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ -‬ﰲ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﺄﹶﺭﻛﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺧﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ -‬ﳌﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀ ﻳﺴﺄﹶﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ؛ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫} ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﹼﻪِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣِﻼﹶﺋِﻜﹶﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹸﺘ‪‬ﺒِﻪِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳﻮﻟِﻪِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡِ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭِ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮِﻩِ‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺷﺮ‪‬ﻩ { )‪ . (١) (١‬ﻓﺎﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ؛ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺳﻘﻂ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﻛﻦ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺡ ﻭﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﲣﺬﻫﺎ ﻗﺪﻭﺓ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺠﺎ ﻷَﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﻔﺎ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺧﲑﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺑﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺒﻴﻬﺎ‪- -‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻑ ‪‬ﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺪﺡ ﻭﺛﻨﺎﺀ؛ ﻷَﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﱪﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﻻ ﺑﺎﻷَﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٨‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٦١٠‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﻌﻪ )‪ ، (٤٩٩٠‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫)‪ ، (٤٦٩٥‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪ ، (٦٣‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٢٧/١‬‬

‫‪٢٩‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺘ‪‬ﺔ ؛ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺭﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ؛ ﻓﺎﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﺭﻛﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﺭﻛﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻜﺘﻤﻠﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﺭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ‪‬ﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺩﻝﱠ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﺤﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ؛ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﲟﺆﻣﻦ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﰲ ‪) :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ( ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ؛ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﺎﺯﻡ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺼﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻌﻮﺕ ﺍﳉﻼﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺤﻘﺎﻗﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻃﻤﺌﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻃﻤﺌﻨﺎﻧﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﻯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻩ ﰲ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺄﹶﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻪ ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﹸﺒ‪‬ﻬﺎ ؛ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻷَﺻﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺃﹶﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺤﻘﺎﻗﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ؛ ﻷَﻥﱠ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻻ ﺷﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺩﻝﱠ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓﹸ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞﹸ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ‪ ، ‬ﻭﺍﳊﺲ‪. ‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﻹِﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺄﹶﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ؛ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴ‪‬ﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻟﻮﻫﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﹶﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈِﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ‪ -٢ .‬ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ‪ -٣ .‬ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷَﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺎﺯﻡ ﺑﺄﹶﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ ﻛﻞﱢ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻭﻣﻠﻴﻜﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺪﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻭﺭﺍﺯﻗﻬﻢ ﻭﳏﻴﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﳑﻴﺘﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﻩ ﻭﺑﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻼﺻﺘﻪ‪ ‬ﻫﻮ ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﺄﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ‬
‫‪    ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪. (١‬‬
‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪   ‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪} :‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢ :‬‬

‫‪٣١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

       } : ‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬ . (١)

{     

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬ . (٣)
{         } : ‫( ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬٢) { 
‫ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻠﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺪِﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ؛ ﻓﻜﻠﹸﻬﻢ‬، ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﱂ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﻳﺶ‬
: ‫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‬، ‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‬
                                                                          }

                                   } : ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬ . ( ٤)
{               

                                                                

                                                                          

                                                                           

                                                                                

‫ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‬-‫ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﻔﻄﻮﺭﺓﹲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ ﻹِﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺘﻪ‬‫ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷَﻥ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬. (٥) { 

‫ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻠﺘﺰﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬، ‫ﺪﺍ‬‫ﺣ‬‫ﻮ‬‫ﻩ ﻣ‬‫ﺘﻘِﺪ‬‫ﻌ‬‫ ﻣ‬‫ﺒِﺢ‬‫ ﺼ‬‫ ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻼ ﻳ‬-‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬
: ‫ ﻭﻫﻮ‬، ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
: ‫ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ‬- ٢
‫ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺎﺯﻡ‬، ‫ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬، ‫ﻫﻮ ﺇِﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﺄﹶﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‬
: ‫ ﻫﻮ‬-‫ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬-‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‬
‫ ﻭﺇﻓﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﳋﻀﻮﻉ‬، ‫ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ‬، ‫ ﻏﲑﻩ‬‫ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﻻ ﺇِﻟﻪ‬‫ﺍﻹﻟﻪ‬

. ٥٤ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ‬1)

. ٢٩ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ‬2)
. ٥٨ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ‬3)
. ٦١ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ‬4)
. ٩٠ - ٨٤ ، ‫ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‬: ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‬5)

٣٢
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻐﲑﻩ ؛ ﻛﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺬﺭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺑﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﱡﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﹸﺐ‪ ، ‬ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬
‫ﳊﺐ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﳋﻮﻑِ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﺀِ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﹸ‬
‫ﺿﻼﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪. (١‬‬
‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪   ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪                 ‬‬

‫‪ . (٢) { ‬ﻭﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻋﺖ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﹶﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻷُﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳍﻼﻙ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻭﻝ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﻷَﺟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺃﹸﺭﺳﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﹸﺘﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻠﹶﺖ ﺳﻴﻮﻑ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺮِﻕ‪ ‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪  ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ . (٤) {            ‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﻟﻘﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺯﻗﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﻜﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺼﺮﻓﺎ ‪ ،‬ﳏﻴﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﳑﻴﺘﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻓﺎ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﱰﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻧﻘﺺ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇِﳍﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺇِﻻ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١١٧ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٥ :‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٥ :‬‬

‫‪٣٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫} ‪ . (١) {       ‬ﻭﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷُﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ؛ ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺇِﳍﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺁﳍﺔ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪﺩ‪‬ﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻋﻤﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺮ‪‬ﻢ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺯﻟﻔﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﹶ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻀﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﱂ‬
‫ﳚﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻓﻬﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ؛ ﺑﻞ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺷﺮﺍﻛﻬﻢ ﻏﲑﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ -‬ﻋﻦ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ؛ ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﹶﻥﹶ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻻ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺇِﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ؛ ﺑﻞ ﺇِﻥ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﻻﹶ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﹶﺻﻠﲔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷَﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﺼﺮﻑ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﹶﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻪ‪ -‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ -‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺒﺪ ﺇِﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﻰ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺬﹶﺭ‪ ‬ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻮﻛﱠﻞﹸ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷُﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺇِﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪ :‬ﺇِﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭﺡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪           ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪  ‬‬ ‫‪ ، (٢) { ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ‪} :‬‬ ‫‪      ‬‬

‫‪ . (٣) {  ‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﳌﺎ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﳋﻀﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﻮ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﹶﻥ ‪) :‬ﻻﹶ ﺇِﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻪ( ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٦ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ١٦٣ - ١٦٢ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣ :‬‬

‫‪٣٤‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻹِﺫﻋﺎﻥ ﳌﺎ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ‪) :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺄﹶﻟﻮﻥ ﺇِﻟﱢﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺇِﻟﱢﺎ ﺑﺎﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻴﺜﻮﻥ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﻞﱠ ﻭﻋﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﳜﺎﻓﻮﻥ ﺇِﻟﱢﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻘﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻷَﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫)‪. (١‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪{         } :‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷَﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺎﺯﻡ ﺑﺄﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻟﻪ ﺍﻷَﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺘ‪‬ﺼﻒ‬
‫ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﱰﱠﻩ‪ ‬ﻋﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮِﻓﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﺼﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﻔﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﲟﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪- ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﳛﺮ‪‬ﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﹶﻠِﻢ‪ ‬ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻌﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﺤﺪﻭﻥ )‪ (٢‬ﰲ ﺃﹶﲰﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮﻥ ﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﺛﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﲢﺮﻳﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻋﺪ ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﻛﻞﱢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪. (٣‬‬
‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪      ‬‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫} ‪              ‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٦ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻹﳊﺎﺩ ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻨﻪ؛ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻴﻴﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ " ‪* .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇِﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇِﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ‪ * .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻒ ‪ :‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻟﻔﻈﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﲎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﺎﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺟﻮﺡ؛ ﻓﻜﻞ ﲢﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﲢﺮﻳﻔﺎ ‪ * .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻴﻴﻒ ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ‪ * .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ‪ :‬ﺇِﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﺸﻲﺀ؛ ﻣﺸﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١١ :‬‬

‫‪٣٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪. (١) {  ‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺪ‪‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻼﹶ‪ -‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﱂ ﳜﱪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫‪    ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷَﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪                ‬‬ ‫‪ . (٢) { ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪ . (٣) {   ‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬

‫‪          ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻪ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٤) {    ‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷَﻭﻝ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧِﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻲﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫)‪. (٥‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ‪{            } :‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ‪ -‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﻻ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻭﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻻ ﲰﻲ‪ ‬ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻛﻒﺀَ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻧِﺪ‪ ‬ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺎﺱ ﲞﻠﻘﻪ ؛ ﻓﻴﺜﺒﺘﻮﻥ ﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﺛﺒﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﺎ ﺑﻼ ﲤﺜﻴﻞ ﻭﺗﱰﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﻼ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ؛ ﻓﺤﲔ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮﻥ ﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻻ ﳝﺜﻠﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻧﺰ‪‬ﻫﻮﻩ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻄﹼﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪‬ﺎ )‪. (٦‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٨٠ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٤٠ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٧٤ :‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٤-٣ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣ :‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﻭﺃﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٣٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﳏﻴﻂﹲ ﺑﻜﻞﱢ ﺷﻲﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺍﺯﻕ ﻛﻞ ﺣﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫‪  ‬‬ ‫‪ . (١) { ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬ ‫‪      ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ . (٢) {     ‬ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﹶﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ )‪ . (٣‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻊ ﲰﺎﻭﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺋﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺣﺎﻁ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺧﱪ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫‪   ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﺮﳝﺎﺕ ﺑﻼ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ )‪ . (٤‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪  ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪. (٦‬‬

‫‪{‬‬ ‫‪   ‬‬ ‫‪ . " (٥) { ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪                ‬‬

‫‪    ‬‬ ‫‪ . (٧) {      ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ . (٨) {   ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺃﹶﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﻣﻨ‪‬ﻮﱐ ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺎ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٤ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٨ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺻﻔﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺜﺒﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺇِﺛﺒﺎﺗﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﲜﻼﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ ‪ ،‬ﺻﻌﺪ( ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻳﻔﺴﺮﻭ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺮﺩ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﻫﺎ ﲟﻌﲎ ‪) :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻮﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻣﻠﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻗﻬﺮ( ‪* .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ ﳎﻬﻮﻝ؛ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ * ﻭﺍﻷﳝﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ؛ ﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ‪ * .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺇِﻟﹶﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻷَﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎ ﱂ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪ :‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ . ٥٤ ،‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ . ٣ ،‬ﻭﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ٢ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ . ٥ ،‬ﻭﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ . ٥٩ ،‬ﻭﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺪﺓ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ . ٤ ،‬ﻭﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ٤ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﻪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ . ٥ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺇِﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﺑﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻮﻳﻪ‪ -‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ -‬ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪) :‬ﺇِﲨﺎﻉ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺷـﻲﺀ ﰲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﱯ ﰲ " ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻔﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٤ :‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ١٧- ١٦ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (8‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠ :‬‬

‫‪٣٧‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫)‪(٢) (١‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻣﲔ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤﺎﺀِ ؟ {‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺣﻖ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ (٣) {            ‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ﺇِﻻ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻛﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻠﻘﺎﺓ ﰲ ﻓﻼﺓ ﻭﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷَﺭﺽ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻮِ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﻪ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ؛ ﺑﻞ ﳊﻜﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﱰﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺃﹶﻥ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺃﹶﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﹶﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ؛ ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳﻲ ﳏﻤﻮﻻﻥ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻥﹶ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ -‬ﺑِﻴ‪‬ﺪﻳﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﳝﲔ ﻭﻳﺪﺍﻩ ﻣﺒﺴﻮﻃﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫‪     ‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻨﻔﻖ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ (٤) {    ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬ ‫‪        ‬‬

‫)‪(٥‬‬
‫‪{       ‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﲰﻌﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺼﺮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺰﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﺎﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻗﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻴﺔ ‪ . .‬ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻒ ‪‬ﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺑﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ؛‬
‫‪                               ‬‬ ‫ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﱂ ﳜﱪﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻐﺎﺯﻱ )‪ ، (٤٠٩٤‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (١٠٦٤‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ )‪ ، (٢٥٧٨‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪، (٤٧٦٤‬‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٥/٣‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٥٥ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ٦٤ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺹ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ٧٥ ،‬‬

‫‪٣٨‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

                  } (٢)
{                            } : ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬ (١)
{ 

. ( ٤)
{                                                 } . (٣)
{         

   }. (٦)
{                         } . ( ٥)
{                                  }

                                            } . (٧)
{                          

. (٩)
{                                        } . ( ٨) {                 

. ‫ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‬. (١١) (١٠)

{       }
: ‫ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻢ‬‫ﻜﻠﱢﻤﻬ‬‫ ﻭﻳ‬، ‫ﻪ‬‫ﻭﻧ‬‫ﻭﺭ‬‫ﺰ‬‫ ﻭﻳ‬، ‫ﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺑﺄﹶﺑﺼﺎﺭﻫﻢ‬‫ﻭﻥﹶ ﺭ‬‫ﺮ‬‫ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﹶﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻳ‬
: ‫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬، ‫ﻭﻳﻜﻠﱢﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ‬. (١٢) {         }
: ‫ﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬‫ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‬، ‫ﻀﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ‬‫ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ ﻻ ﻳ‬

. ٤٦ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ‬1)
. ٢ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﱘ ﺁﻳﺔ‬2)
. ١٦٤ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ‬3)
. ٢٧ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺁﻳﺔ‬4)
. ١١٩ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ‬5)
. ٥٤ ، ‫ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‬: ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ‬6)
. ٥٥ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ‬7)
. ٤٢ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺁﻳﺔ‬8)
. ٢ ، ‫ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‬: ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‬9)
. ٦ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺁﻳﺔ‬10)
. ١٣ ، ‫ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‬: ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺤﻨﺔ‬11)
. ٢٣ - ٢٢ ، ‫ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬: ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬12)

٣٩
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫} ﺇِﻧﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮﻭ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺑﻜﹸﻢ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴﻠﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺪﺭِ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻀﺎﻣ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﰲ ﺭ‪‬ﺅﻳﺘِﻪ { )‪. (٢) (١‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻳﱰﻝ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺚ ﺍﻷَﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻧﺰﻭﻻ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ‬
‫ﲜﻼﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻳ‪‬ﱰﻝﹸ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧﻴﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻠﹶﺔ‬
‫ﺣِﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻘﻰ ﺛﹸﻠﹸﺚﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞِ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ؛ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻮﱐ ﻓﺄﺳﺘ‪‬ﺠﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﻟﻪ‪ ‬؟ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺄﹶﻟﹸﲏ ﻓﺄﻋﻄﻴﻪ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔﺮ‪‬ﱐ ﻓﺄﻏﻔﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﻪ‪ ‬؟ { )‪. (٤) (٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﳚﻲﺀ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﳎﻴﺌﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﲜﻼﻟﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫‪                       ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪               ‬‬ ‫‪ . (٥) { ‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪} :‬‬ ‫‪   ‬‬

‫ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞﱢ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫)‪. (٦‬‬

‫‪{‬‬ ‫‪            ‬‬

‫ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﲟﺎ ﺃﹶﺧﱪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺧﱪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ؛ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻫﺮﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﺎﻟﺔﹸ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝِ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻍﹸ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﺴﻠﻴﻢ‪. " (٧) ‬‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ )‪ ، (٥٢٩‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ )‪ ، (٦٣٣‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ )‪، (٢٥٥١‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ ، (٤٧٢٩‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪ ، (١٧٧‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٦٠/٤‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ )‪ ، (٧٠٥٦‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺼﺮﻫﺎ )‪ ، (٧٥٨‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ )‪ ، (٣٤٩٨‬ﺃﺑﻮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ )‪ ، (١٣١٥‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ )‪ ، (١٣٦٦‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٢٦٥/٢‬ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫)‪ ، (٤٩٦‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ )‪. (١٤٧٩‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٢٢ - ٢١ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢١٠ :‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪(١‬‬
‫)ﻛﻞﱡ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺻ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ؛ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ‪‬ﻩ ﻻ ﻛﻴﻒ‪ ، ‬ﻭﻻ ﻣِﺜﹾﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺁﻣﻨﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﷲِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﺟﺎﺀَ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲِ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺩِ ﺍﷲِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﻣﻨﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﲟﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝِ‬
‫ﺍﷲِ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﺍﺩ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝِ ﺍﷲ )‪ (٢‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﺴﻠﻢ ‪ :‬ﺳﺄﹶﻟﺖ ﺍﻷَﻭﺯﺍﻋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥﹶ ﺑﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﻴﻴﻨﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ ﺃﹶﻧﺲٍ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷَﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ ‪) :‬ﺃﹶﻣِﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ‪‬‬
‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫ﺑﻼ ﻛﹶﻴ‪‬ﻒ(‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ‪ -‬ﺇِﻣﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳍﺠﺮﺓ‪ -‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪) :‬ﺇِﻳﺎﻛﹸﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺒِﺪ‪‬ﻉ( ﻗﻴﻞ ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺒِﺪ‪‬ﻉِ ﻫ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥﹶ ﰲ ﺃﹶﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﷲِ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗِﻪِ ﻭﻛﻼﻣِﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺄﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﺭﺟﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﹸﺪﺭﺗِﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻜﹸﺘﻮﻥﹶ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻜﹶﺖ ﻋ‪‬ﻨﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔﹸ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻮﻥﹶ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺈِﺣﺴﺎﻥ(‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ؟‬ ‫)‪(٥‬‬
‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪   ‬‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻮﺍﺀُ ﻏﲑ‪ ‬ﳎﻬﻮﻝٍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻴﻒ‪ ‬ﻏﲑ‪ ‬ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥﹸ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ‪ ، ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝﹸ ﻋﻨﻪ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﻙ‪ ‬ﺇِﻻ ﺿﺎﻻ( ﻭﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ )‪.(٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻷَﺣﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ؛ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺼﻔﻪ‪ ‬ﲟﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫)‪(٧‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﺃﻳﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ؛ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ(‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪) :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ( ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ " :‬ﻟﹸﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱ ﺇِﱃ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺎﺩ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺳﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥ :‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ " ‪.‬‬

‫‪٤١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ‬ ‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺌﻞ‪ -‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﻋﻦ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﻭﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﻳﱰﻝﹸ ﺑﻼ ﻛﻴﻒ(‬
‫ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﲪﺎﺩ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﻋﻲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪) :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﷲَ ﲞﻠﻘﻪِ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﹶﻔﹶﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺻ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﺴ‪‬ﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﹶﻔﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺴ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺸﺒﻴﻬﺎ(‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈِﻧﻪ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‬ ‫)ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡِ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺜﺒﺖ‪ ‬ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻨﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ(‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ؛ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻠﺘﺰﻣﺎ ﲟﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﰲ ﺃﹶﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺧﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞﱡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻬﻢ ؛ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻠﺘﺰﻣﺎ ﲟﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ ﰲ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﺃﹶﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﺎ ﺟﺎﺯﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻄﺮ‪‬ﻕ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﺷﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ‪،‬‬
‫‪           ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪{   ‬‬

‫‪   ‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﹶﻔﹶﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫)‪(٥‬‬
‫‪{         ‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ‪‬ﻢ ﺇِﲨﺎﻻ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻼ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺻﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﲰ‪‬ﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﺠﱪﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻴﻜﺎﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﻄﺮ ‪،‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ " ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﱯ ﰲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﺎﺭ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٨٥ :‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٣٦ :‬‬

‫‪٤٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺇﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﻛﻞ ﺑﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻷَﺭﻭﺍﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺧﺎﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺎﺯﻥ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﻧﻜﲑ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﳐﻠﻮﻗﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻘﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺫﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﳏﺴﻮﺳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﺃﹸﻣﻮﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺧﻔﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﻜﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤﺎﺀ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺧِﻠﹾﻘﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺟﻨﺎﺣﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺭﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ -‬ﻟﻪ ﺳﺘﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﺟﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻞِ ﺑﺄﹶﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻷَﺷﻴﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﹸﻞ ﺑﺄﹶﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ؛ ﺣﺴﺒﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺄﺫﻥ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻜﺮ‪‬ﻣﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻔﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻮﺛﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻛﺤﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﻠﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﺮﺑﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻃﻌﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻻ ﳝﻠﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺮﻭﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺒﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺼﻔﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﳜﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ؛ ﺑﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺟ‪‬ﺒﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻘﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪        ‬‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺗ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﹶﻭﺍﻣﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪             ‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪         ‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﺒﺤﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﻮﻓﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﳌﻌﻤﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﳜﺸﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬
‫ﻭﳜﺎﻓﻮﻧﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﹶﺻﻨﺎﻑ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﻛﹶﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﲝﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﻛﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﻛﹶﻞﹸ ﺑﺎﳉﺒﺎﻝ ‪،‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٨ - ٢٦ :‬‬

‫‪٤٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﳉﻨﺔِ ﻭﺧﺰﻧﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﻛﱠﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﲝﻔﻆ ﺃﹶﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﻛﱠﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﻘﺒﺾ ﺃﹶﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﻛﹶﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﻘﺒﺾ ﺃﹶﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﻛﹶﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﻳﺼﻠﹸﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﳛﺒﻮ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﳎﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺤﻔﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﺄﺟﻨﺤﺘﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺮﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﻺِﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺎﺭﻗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺇِﱃ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳋﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺟﻨﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺗﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‬
‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒ‪‬ﺘﻮ‪‬ﹸﻢ ﰲ ﺟﻬﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺃﹶﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﻛﱠﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﲝﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻳﺞ ﻛﺮ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﻛﹶﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺘﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﲤﺜﺎﻝﹲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺻﻮﺭﺓﹲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻛﻠﺐ‪ ، ‬ﻭﻻ ﺟﺮﺱ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘﺄﺫﱠﻭ‪‬ﻥﹶ ﳑ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺄﺫﻯ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﻮ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ‪ } :‬ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ؛ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻠﻪ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ { )‪ (٢) (١‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻠﺐ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ { )‪. (٤) (٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻛﺜﲑﻭﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﻢ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (٥) { ‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺠﺒﻬﻢ‬ ‫‪           ‬‬ ‫}‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻨ‪‬ﺎ ؛ ﻓﻼ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧ‪‬ﻠِﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺸﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﺟﱪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫‪   ‬‬ ‫} ‪ (٦) {       ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﻉ )‪ ، (١٩٩٩‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﻨﺔ )‪ ، (٢١٠٧‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٢٤٦/٦‬ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ )‪. (١٨٠٣‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﺱ )‪ ، (٥٦٠٥‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﻨﺔ )‪ ، (٢١٠٦‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ )‪ ، (٢٨٠٤‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫)‪ ، (٣٦٤٩‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٠/٤‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺪﺛﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣١ :‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ١٤-١٣ ،‬‬

‫‪٤٤‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫)‪(١‬‬
‫‪{     ‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺮ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٢٣ - ٢٢ ،‬‬

‫‪٤٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍ ﺟﺎﺯﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠِﻪِ ﻛﹸﺘ‪‬ﺒﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻣﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﻭﻭﻋﻴﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺪﻯ‬
‫‪           ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻧﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫‪{   ‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﹶﻧﺰﻝ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﳍﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫‪             ‬‬ ‫}‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫‪{    ‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻫﻲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺑﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﻒ ﺇِﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﺳﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻋﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻹِﳒﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﺳﺨﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻧﺰﻝﹶ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻜﹸﺘ‪‬ﺐ‪ -‬ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ -‬ﱂ ﻳﺘﻜﻔﱠﻞ ﲝﻔﻈﻬﺎ ؛ ﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻔﻆﹶ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﺣﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﱂ ﳛﺎﻓﻈﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺭﻋ‪‬ﻮﻫﺎ ﺣﻖ‪ ‬ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻭﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻛﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺒﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺘﲔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧﺰﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍ ﻟﻸﻣﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺮِﺟﺎ ﻟﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﳍﻢ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺎﺩ ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﹶﺧﺒﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷَﺭﺿﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓﺼﻞﹶ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻼﻝﹶ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏِ ﻭﺍﻷَﺧﻼﻕِ ﻭﺃﹶﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕِ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﲑﺓﹶ ﺍﻷَﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀِ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٨٥ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١ :‬‬

‫‪٤٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺰﺍﺀَ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺻﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺻﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺷﻔﺎﺀ ﳌﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻭﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻟﻜﻞﱢ ﺷﻲﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺪﻯ ﻭﺭﺣـﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫‪                                                                           ‬‬ ‫}‬

‫{ )‪ (١‬ﻭﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﺎﻋﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﲢﻜﻴﻤ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ‬ ‫‪              ‬‬

‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻷَﻥﱠ ﺍﷲ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺇِﱃ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻠﲔ ؛‬
‫ﻟﻴﺒﲔ ﳍﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫} ‪{           ‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺣﺮﻭﻓﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻪ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺪﺃﹶ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰﻝﹲ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﳐﻠﻮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻠﹶﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻭﺣﺎﻩ ﺇِﱃ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ ؛ ﻓﱰﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﺒﲑ ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﰊ ﻣﺒﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻘﻞ ﺇِﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻗﻰ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﺷﻚ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫‪             ‬‬ ‫}‬
‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫‪{      ‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪ :‬ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﶈﻔﻮﻅ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻔﻈﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻭﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻠﻮﻩ ﺍﻷَﻟﺴﻦ ‪،‬‬
‫‪       ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٨٩ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٤٤ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ‪. ١٩٥ - ١٩٢ ،‬‬

‫‪٤٧‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪          ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫‪{‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫‪{       ‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﺪﺓ ﻟﻨﱯ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﺴﺦ‪ ‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺒﺪﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻔﻞﹶ ﺍﷲ ﲝﻔﻈﻪِ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻱ ﲢﺮﻳﻒ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞٍ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻧﻘﺺٍ ﺇِﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺮﻓﻌﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪{         } :‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﻜﻔﱢﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻧﻜﺮ ﺣﺮﻓﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﹶﻭ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺃﹶﻭ ﻧﻘﺺ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﺎ ﺟﺎﺯﻣﺎ ﺑﺄﹶﻥﱠ‬
‫ﻛﻞﱠ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕِ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣ‪‬ﱰﻟﺔﹲ ﻣﻦ ﻋِﻨ‪‬ﺪِ ﺍﷲِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧ‪‬ﻘِﻠﹶﺖ‪ ‬ﺇِﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪ :‬ﱂ ﻳﱰﻝﹾ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺑﻞ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮﻗﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺃﹶﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺃﹶﻭ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷَﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺙٍ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪ :‬ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ " ‪ " ١١٤‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ " ‪ " ٨٦‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ " ‪ " ٢٨‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﱵِ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻜﻴﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺴﻊ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻓﺘﺘﺤﺖ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻌﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﹸِﺘﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﰲِ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﲟﺮﺃﻯ ﻣﻨﻪ ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﹶﺘ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ -‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ -‬ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺄﹶﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﰒ ﺟ‪‬ﻤِﻊ‪ ‬ﰲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺃﹶﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺩﻓﱵ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٤٩ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ‪. ٨٠ - ٧٧ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٩ :‬‬

‫‪٤٨‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺤﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ؛ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﲨﻌﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻬﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻼﻭﺗﻪ ﻭﺗﻔﺴﲑﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫} ‪{‬‬
‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ؛ ﻷَﻥﱠ ﰲ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺧﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺮﺃﹶ ﺣ‪‬ﺮﻓﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏِ ﺍﷲِ ؛ ﻓﹶﻠﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣ‪‬ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺴﻨﺔﹸ ﺑﻌ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮِ ﺃﹶﻣﺜﺎﻟِﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﱂﹶ ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ ؛ ﻭﻟﻜِﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻟﻒ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ، ‬ﻭﻻﻡ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ { )‪. (٣) (٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﳚﻮ‪‬ﺯﻭﻥﹶ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ ﻓﺈِﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪      ‬‬ ‫ﺑﻐﲑ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪              ‬‬

‫‪. (٤) {        ‬‬

‫ﺑﻞ ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﰒﱠ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﰒﹶ ﺑﺄﹶﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﺎﺑﺔ ‪ ،‬ﰒﹶ ﺑﺄﹶﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ‪ ،‬ﰒﹶ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺰﻝ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺹ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٩ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ )‪. (٢٩١٠‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ١٦٩- ١٦٨ ،‬‬

‫‪٤٩‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻞ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍ ﺟﺎﺯﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ -‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻼ ﻣﺒﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﻨﺬﺭﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎﺓ ﺇِﱃ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﳍﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﻋﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﺇِﻧﻘﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻼﹸﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻄﻬﲑﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺑﻠﹶﻐﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺩﻭﺍ ﺍﻷَﻣﺎﻧﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺼﺤﻮﺍ ﺍﻷُﻣ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﻫﺪﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻖ‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻗﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ؛‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺅﻭﺍ ﲟﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻫﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫‪  ‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪            ‬‬

‫‪             ‬‬

‫‪              ‬‬

‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫‪{       ‬‬

‫‪  ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫‪{              ‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﹶﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺭ‪‬ﺳﻼ ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﲑﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻟﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﹶﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫‪               ‬‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻪ ‪ ‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﱂﹾ ﳜﱪﻧﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ }‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﳌﻌﺠﺰﺓ ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻘﺎ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺃﻣﺮ ﳑﻜﻦ؛ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺒﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﲑ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﲣﻀﻊ ﳌﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ! ﻭﻻ ﻋﺠﺐ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻ ﻏﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ ﲝﺪﻭﺩ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺄﺳﺮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﳌﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ :‬ﺇِﻧ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇِﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ] ﻳﺲ ‪. [ ٨٢ :‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ‪. ١٥٢ - ١٥٠ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٦٥ :‬‬

‫‪٥٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫)‪(١‬‬
‫‪{         ‬‬

‫‪                    ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫‪{  ‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﲰﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﲬﺴﺔﹲ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺭ‪‬ﺳﻮﻻ ﻭﻧ‪‬ﺒﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺁﺩﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺩﺭﻳﺲ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﱀ ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﻁ ‪ ،‬ﺇِﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺳﺤﺎﻕ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇِﻟﻴﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﺴﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ‪ ،‬ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ‪ ،‬ﳛﲕ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﻤﺪ ﺧﺎﰎ ﺍﻷَﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﲨﻌﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷَﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﲨﻌﺖ ﺍﻷﻣ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷَﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷَﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﹸﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﲬﺴﺔ ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﺳﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻴﺴﻰ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﹸﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﻧﱯ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﰎ ﺍﻷَﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ؛ ﳏﻤﺪ‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫)‪. (٣‬‬
‫‪{    ‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ‪‬ﻢ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﲰﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻭﳍﻢ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪. . .‬‬
‫ﺇِﱃ ﺁﺧﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﺧﺎﲤﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﹶﻓﻀﻠﻬﻢ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﲨﻌﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺇِﳝﺎﻥ ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻏﺎﻓﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٧٨ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٦ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٤٠ :‬‬

‫‪٥١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻣﺴﻠﹶﻢ‪ -‬ﺇِﳝﺎﻥ ﻣ‪‬ﻔﹶﺼﻞ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝ ﺍﷲِ(‬
‫" ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ "‬
‫ﻫﻮ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻣ‪‬ﻨﺎﻑ ﺑﻦ ﻗﹸﺼ‪‬ﻲ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﻛِﻼﺏ ﺑﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﺑﻦ ﻛﹶﻌﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻟﹸﺆﻱ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻓِﻬ‪‬ﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻛِﻨﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺭﻛﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺇِﻟﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻧِﺰ‪‬ﺍﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻟﺪ ﻧﱯ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺇِﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺇِﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﺎﰎ ﺍﻷَﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﺃﹶﲨﻌﲔ‪ ، ‬ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹶﺬﱠﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﲑ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻓﻀﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﹶﻛﺮﻣﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻋﻼﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻗﺮ‪‬ﻢ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻠﲔ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺜﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﳌﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫} ‪{      ‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺋﺘﻤﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﹶﻔﻪ ﺑﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺼﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﻞ‬
‫‪             ‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻪ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫‪{  ‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﺢ ﺇِﳝﺎﻥﹸ ﻋﺒﺪٍ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳِﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﻨﺒﻮﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻃﺎﻋﻪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫‪      ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﺼﺎﻩ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫‪{             ‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻧﱯ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ ﺇِﱃ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪-‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٧ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٤-٣ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٦٥ :‬‬

‫‪٥٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺚ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻓﱠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪{        } :‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥﱠ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﹶﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻪ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻫﺮﺓ ‪ * :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗِﻠﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﹶﻋﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢﺪﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﺃﹶﻓﺼﺢ ﺍﻷُﻡ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻠﹶﻐ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺃﹶﻗﹾﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨ‪‬ﻄِﻖِ ‪ * .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ‪ -‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺎ ؛ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺍﻹِﺳﺮﺍﺀِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﺍﺝ ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮِﺝ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ ﺑﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﻭﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﺇِﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻹِﺳﺮﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﺳﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﻗﺼﻰ ﺑﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫‪        ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫‪{              ‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻋ‪‬ﺮﺝ ﺑﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺻﻌﺪ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﳌﺄﻭﻯ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻛﺮﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﲟﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﹶﻭﺣﻰ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻛﻠﹶﻤﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺮﻉ ﻟﻪ ﲬﺲ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻓﺎﻃﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻃﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﹶﻯ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﹶﻯ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻓﺆﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺃﹶﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻞﱡ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺁﻩ ﺑﻌﻴﻨ‪‬ﻲ‪ ‬ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺣﻘﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﺸﺮﻳﻔﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻷَﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺱ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻷَﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ -‬ﰒ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺇِﱃ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ )‪. (٣‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺒﺄ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٨ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﲔ ﻭﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪           ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪                ‬‬

‫)‪(١‬‬
‫‪{        ‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺍﺗﻪ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎ ؛ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫* ﺍﻧﺸﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ‪ :‬ﺁﻳﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﹶﻋﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺒﻴ‪‬ﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺩﻟﻴﻼ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﱪﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺔ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺗﻜﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺗﻜﺜﲑ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﻧﺒﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﹶﺻﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳ‪‬ﺆﻛﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺇِﺑﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻔﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪-‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﻭﺍﺀ ﺣﺴﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺃﹶﺩﺏ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﻋﺎﻥ ﺍﻷَﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻷَﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ؛ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻋﺎﻧﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺇِﺧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷُﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷُﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺃﹸﻣﻮﺭٍ ﻏﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺪﺛﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺧﱪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺇِﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺩﻋﺎﺋﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻭﺣِﻔﹾﻆﹸ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻛﻒ ﺍﻷَﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﹶﰊ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺟﻬﻞ ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻔﱢﺮ‪ ‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺃﹶﻇﻬﺮﻛﻢ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﻴﻞ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ‪. ١٨ - ١٢ ،‬‬

‫‪٥٤‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻧﻌﻤ ! ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻯ ﻟﺌﻦ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷَﻃﹶﺄﹶﻥﹲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻗﺒﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻷُﻋ‪‬ﻔﱢﺮ‪‬ﻥﱠ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﺗ‪‬ﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺯﻋﻢ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻄﺄﹸ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺭﻗﺒﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻓﺠﺄﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ؛ ﺇِﻟﱢﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﻜﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻓﻘﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻟﻚ ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺑﻴﲏ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﳋﻨﺪﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺭٍ ﻭﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻻ ﻭﺃﺟﻨﺤﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻧﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻻﹶﺧ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄﹶﻔﺘﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﻼﺋِﻜﹶﺔﹸ ؛ ﻋ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻋ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻮﺍ { )‪. (٢) (١‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ )‪ ، (٢٧٩٧‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٧٠/٢‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺎﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ؛ ﺑﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﻜﻞﱢ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﺧﱪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﺧﱪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻷَﻣﲔ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻛﹶﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪ ‬ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﷲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪           ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (١) { ‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﹶﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﺇِﻟﹼﺎ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫} ‪. (٢) {     ‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺧﻔﻰ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈِﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﳍﺎ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﹶﺷﺮﺍﻃﺎ ﺗﺪﻝﱡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻐﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﹸﱪﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺄﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٤ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻘﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٤ :‬‬

‫‪٥٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﺎ ﻟﻸﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﹶﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻵﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﳑﺎ ﺻﺢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺜﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﻭﺧﺘﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﺗﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻟﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺩﻋﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻷَﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﳌﻜﺬﻭﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻭﺭﻓﺾ ﺳ‪‬ﻨﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﺖ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻷَﺧﺒﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷَﺻﺎﻏﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﻬﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﺾ ﻋ‪‬ﺮﻯ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡ ﻋ‪‬ﺮﻭﺓ ﻋ‪‬ﺮﻭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺪﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻷُﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹸﻣﺔ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﰒ ﻏﹸﺮﺑﺔﹸ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡِ ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻠﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﹶﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﹶﺘ‪‬ﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲤﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺕِ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺒﻄﺔ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﲤﲏ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﹶﺠ‪‬ﺄﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻻﺯﻝ ﻭﺍﻷَﻣﺮﺍﺽ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﹸﻬﻮﺭﻫﻦ ﻛﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺸﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻗﺎﺕ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﹶﻋﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﳚﻠﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﹸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺯﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﻤﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻧﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻳﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺤﻼﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﳋﺴﻒ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺬﻑ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻀﻴﻴﻊ ﺍﻷَﻣﺎﻧﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻏﲑ ﺃﹶﻫﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻋﺎﻣﺔﹸ ﺍﻷَﺭﺍﺫﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺳﺎﻓﻠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻻﺩ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﻷَﻣ‪‬ﺔِ ﺭﺑﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ‬
‫ﺯﺧﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ؛ ﺣﱴ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻷَﻭﺛﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻷَﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻭﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﹶﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸ‪‬ﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺶ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﺻﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻏﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺣﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻄﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻮﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻠﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﻭﻗﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﺥ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻫﻠﹶﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﻛﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻈﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻛﺮ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭ‪‬ﻏﱠﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪،‬‬

‫‪٥٧‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻺِﻧﺲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺴﺮ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺒﻞٍ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺪﻕ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﳋﺒﺚﹶ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﻷَﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﻭﺟﺎ ﻭﺃﹶ‪‬ﺎﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺤﻄﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ ﻭﻗﺘﺎﳍﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻟﻠﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺠﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫} ﻳﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠِﻢ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻮﺩِﻱ‪ ‬؛ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻌﺎﻝﹶ ﻓﹶﺎﻗﺘ‪‬ﻠﻪ‪ . (٢) (١) { ‬ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺭﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﺘﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻄﻨﻄﻴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ . .‬ﺇِﱃ ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻝﹸ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈِﺫﺍ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇِﺛﺮﻫﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪- ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﳏﻤ‪‬ﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ؛ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪- ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻗِﺒ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻕ ﳝﻠﻚ ﺳﺒﻊ ﺳﻨﲔ ‪ ،‬ﳝﻸ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ ﻗﺴﻄﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﻻ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﺌﺖ‬
‫ﻇﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻌﻢ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﱂ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻗﻂ ‪ ،‬ﺗ‪‬ﺨﺮِﺝ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ ﻧﺒﺎ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ‪‬ﻤﻄِﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻋﺪﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ )‪ (٣‬ﻭﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﱘ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﱰﻝ ﺣﺎﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪-‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻼ ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻜـﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﻹِﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ )‪ ، (٢٧٦٨‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﻭﺃﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )‪ ، (٢٩٢٢‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٩٨/٢‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻭﻓﺘﻨﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﱳ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺬﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻣﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪- -‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﺩﺑﺮ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻼﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺬﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٥٨‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﺎﺗﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣ‪‬ﺠﺘﻤﻌﺔ ﻟﻘﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﱰﻝ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺇِﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺃﹶﻣﲑ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻳﺄﺟﻮﺝ ﻭﻣﺄﺟﻮﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﹸﺴﻮﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﳌﺸﺮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻐﺮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻒ ﲜﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﹸﻠﻮﻉ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﺮِ‪‬ﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺩﺍﺑ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﺃﹶﺧﱪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺮﺡ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﻘﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻟﹶﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﺥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﻭﻋﺬﺍﺑِﻪ ﻭﻓﺘﻨﺘِﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﲔ ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀَ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺯﻗﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺬﺑﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻴﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻮﺗﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺒﻌﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﰒﹶ‬
‫ﳛﺎﺳﺒﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻧﻔﺨﺎﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪ :‬ﻧﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻧﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻖ ؛ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻌﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻼﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺇِﻫﻼﻛﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪ :‬ﻧﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻟِﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚِ ﻭﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﷲ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌﺚﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ؛ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﺮ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﺓ ﻋﺮﺍﺓ ﻏﹸﺮ‪‬ﻻ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻧﻮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳﻠﺠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻭﻝ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺚ ﻭﺗﻨﺸﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﳜﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷَﺟﺪﺍﺙ ﻛﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺟﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﺸﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺮﻋﲔ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻄﻌﲔ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﻔﺘﺖ ﻛﻞﱡ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﻫﻴﺐ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻨﺸﺮ‬

‫‪٥٩‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺻﺤﻒ ﺍﻷَﻋﻤﺎﻝ ؛ ﻓﻴﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﳌﺨﺒﻮﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻔﺘﻀﺢ ﺍﳌﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻭﺭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﺮﲨﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﺑﺄﲰﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺁﺑﺎﺋﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﺘﺎﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﻮﺯﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺃﹶﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻭﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺻﺤﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻷَﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺂﺧﺬ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﻴﻨﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺁﺧﺬﹲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﱳ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﻩ ﺍﻷَﺑﺮﺍﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺰﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺠ‪‬ﺎﺭ )‪. (١‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﳐﻠﻮﻗﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻔﹾﻨ‪‬ﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﹶﺑﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺣ‪‬ﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻘﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ؛ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻠﺤﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺛﻨﻴﲔ ؛ ﻭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺬﻧﺒﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﻣﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺃﹸﻭﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﳏﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﻭﱃ ﺍﻷُﻡ ﰲ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞﹸ ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻟﻔﺎ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺧﻠﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﲟﻌﺎﺹ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺒﻮﻫﺎ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﺷﺮﺍﻙ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥﹶ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﻻ ﳜﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﺑﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴِﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﹶﻥ ﺣﻮﺽ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻨﺎ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﰲ ﻋﺮﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﺎﺅﻩ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺷ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﻴﺎﺿﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﱭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺣﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﳛﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﻧﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﳒﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﻬﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺷﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻤﺄ ﺃﹶﺑﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺤﺮﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﳍﻢ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﳝﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﳝﺮ ﻛﺎﻟﱪﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﳝﺮ ﻛﺎﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﳝﺮ ﻛﺎﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﳝﺮ ﻛﺮﻛﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺑﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺪﻭ ﻋﺪﻭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﳝﺸﻲ ﻣﺸﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺰﺣﻒ ﺯﺣﻔﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﳜﻄﻒ ﻭﻳﻠﻘﻰ ﰲ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻨﻢ؛ ﻛﻞ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻧﻮﺑﻪ ﻭﺁﺛﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ‪‬ﻴﺄ ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ؛ ﻓﺈِﺫﺍ ﻋﱪﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻭﻗﻔﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻨﻄﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ؛ ﻓﻴﻘﺘﺺ ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻓﺈِﺫﺍ ﻫﺬﺑﻮﺍ ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻘﻮﺍ ﺃﹸﺫﻥ ﳍﻢ ﰲ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫} ﺣ‪‬ﻮﺿﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺴﲑﺓﹸ ﺷ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺮٍ ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺅ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﺒ‪‬ﻦِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭﳛ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹾﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺴﻚِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﺰﺍﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﺇِﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﻃﹸﻜﹸﻢ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫)‪(٢) (١‬‬

‫ﻛﻨ‪‬ﺠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮِﺏ‪ ‬ﻣِﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻈﻤﺄ ﺃﹶﺑﺪﺍ {‬
‫ﺍﳊﹶﻮ‪‬ﺽِ ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻲ ﺷ‪‬ﺮِﺏ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮﺏ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻈﻤﺄ ﺃﹶﺑﺪﺍ ‪ .‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺮﺩ‪‬ﻥﱠ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﻮ‪‬ﺍﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋﺮِﻓﹸﻬ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧ‪‬ﲏ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﻝﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻴﲏ ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴﻨﻬ‪‬ﻢ { )‪ . (٣‬ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ‪ } :‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﻮﻝﹸ ‪ :‬ﺇِﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻲ ؛ ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝﹸ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﻚ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺪﺭﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹸﻮﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ ، ‬ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻗﻮﻝﹸ ‪ :‬ﺳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻘﹶﺎﹶ ﺳﺤ‪‬ﻘﺎ ﻟِﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻏﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪِﻱ { )‪. (٥) (٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﶈﻤﻮﺩ ﻟﻨﺒﻴ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻷَﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻒ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﶈﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻷَﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻟﻌﻤﻪ ﺃﹶﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﻔﱠﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪- ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻷَﺣﺪ ﻏﲑﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘﻪ ﳑﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺇِﱃ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻪ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺘﻪ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺷﻔﺎﻋﺘﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﰲ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﺕ ﺣﺴﻨﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺳﻴﺌﺎ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺸﻔﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﺪﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﻣِﺮ‪ ‬ﻢ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺇِﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻋﺼﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺣ‪‬ﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸﻔﻊ ﳍﻢ ﻓﻴﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ )‪ ، (٦٢٠٨‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٦٣/٢‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ )‪ ، (٦٢١٣‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ )‪ ، (٢٢٩١‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٣٩/٥‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ )‪ ، (٦٢١٣‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ )‪ ، (٢٢٩١‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٣٩/٥‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺗ‪‬ﺸﺎﺭﻛﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴ‪‬ﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪ‪‬ﻳﻘﻮﻥ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﺮِﺝ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺔ ؛ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻀﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﲪﺘﻪ )‪ (١‬ﻓﺄﹶﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻓﻼ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﳍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫} ‪. (٢) {     ‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﺸﻔﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺧﱪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫} ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻴﺎﻡ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﻌﺎﻥِ ﻟِﻠﹾﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪِ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘِﻴﺎﻣ‪‬ﺔِ { )‪ (٤) (٣‬ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻳﺆﺗﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ؛‬

‫ﻓﻴ‪‬ﺬﺑ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺧﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺇِﺫﹶﺍ ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹸ ﺍﳉﻨﺔِ ﺇِﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔِ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭِ ﺇِﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺃﰐﹶ ﺑﺎﳌﻮ‪‬ﺕِ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﻨﺔِ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭِ ؛ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﺑ‪‬ﺢ‪ ، ‬ﰒ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﺎﺩِﻱ‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﻨﺎﺩ ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ! ﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ . ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭِ! ﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬؛ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣﺎ ﺇِﻟﹶﻰ‬
‫ﻓﹶﺮ‪‬ﺣِﻬِﻢ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰﺩ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭِ ﺣ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻧﺎ ﺇِﻟﹶﻰ ﺣ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻧِﻬِﻢ { )‪. (٦) (٥‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺷﺮﻃﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺇِﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﻊ‪ ‬ﻋِﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﺑِﺈِﺫﹾﻧِﻪِ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ . ٢٥٥ ،‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺭﺿﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻊ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﻔﻮﻉ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻔﹶﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﻟِﻤ‪‬ﻦِ‬
‫ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻰ ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٨ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺪﺛﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٤٨ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٧٤/٢‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪) :‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ( ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪. (٣٨٨٢) :‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ )‪ ، (٦١٨٢‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺻﻔﺔ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ )‪ ، (٢٨٥٠‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٢١/٢‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍ ﺟﺎﺯﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺧﲑٍ ﻭﺷﺮٍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪﺭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻌﺎﻝﹲ ﳌﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻓﻜﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺑﺈِﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻭﺗﺪﺑﲑﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻠِﻢ‪‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷَﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﺯﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﹶﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺒﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﻀﺘﻪ ﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻠِﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻠِﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭﺯﺍﻗﻬﻢ ﻭﺁﺟﺎﳍﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻋﻤﺎﳍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺆﻭ‪‬ﻢ ؛ ﻓﻜﻞ ﳏﺪﺙ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﺇِﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻠﺨﺼﻪ ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺟﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻷَﺑﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (١) { ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪            ‬‬ ‫}‬

‫} ‪. (٢) {      ‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺆﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭِ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﻩِ‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺷﺮ‪‬ﻩِ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺑ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻟﻴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻄِﺌﹶﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﻄﹶﺄﻩ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪‬‬
‫ﻟِﻴ‪‬ﺼِﻴﺒ‪‬ﻪ { )‪. (٤) (٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﺄﹶﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﹸﻣﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ‪‬ﺴﻤﻰ ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺃﹶﺭﻛﺎﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺇِﻻ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﹶﺭﻛﺎﻧﻪ ؛ ﻷَﻥﹶ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﺗ‪‬ﺒِﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﹶﻗﺮ ‪‬ﺎ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﻞ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺺ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻞﹲ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٨ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٤٩ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ )‪. (٢١٤٤‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﹶﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺑﻜﻞﱢ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥﹶ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﹸ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‪ ، ‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥﹶ ﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ؛ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﻔﺼﻴﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻠِﻢ‪ ‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻮﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺧﻠﻘﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻠِﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺭﺯﺍﻗﻬﻢ ﻭﺁﺟﺎﳍﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻋﻤﺎﳍﻢ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺳﻜﻨﺎ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺃﹶﺯﻻ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫} ‪. (١) {      ‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﹶﻥﹶ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﶈﻔﻮﻅ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﺮ‪‬ﻁ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ ؛ ﻓﻜﻞﹼ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺮﻯ ﻭﻣﺎ ﳚﺮﻱ ﻭﻛﻞﹶ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺇِﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ؛ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﺃﹸﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪. (٢) {        } :‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻣﺎ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻠﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺐ‪ ، ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﹶ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺘ‪‬ﺐ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻛﺎﹶﺋِﻦ ﺇِﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﺑ‪‬ﺪ { )‪. (٤) (٣‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻹِﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﻴﺌﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻱ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺮﻱ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﺈِﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﺑﺮﲪﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻀﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﲝﻜﻤﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈِﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﻮﺏ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺡ ﺍﶈﻔﻮﻅ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺸﺄ ﱂ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١١٥ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﺲ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٢ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ )‪. (٢١٥٥‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦٤‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻜﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺇِﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪. (١) {          } :‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺇِﻥ ﻗﹸﻠﹸﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻨِﻲ ﺁﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻠﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺇِﺻ‪‬ﺒﻌﻴ‪‬ﻦِ‬

‫ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺎﺑِﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦِ ‪ ،‬ﻛﹶﻘﹶﻠﹾﺐ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣِﺪ ؛ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﺮ‪‬ﻓﻪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﺀُ { )‪. (٣) (٢‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ‪ ‬ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ‪ ‬ﻏﲑ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭﻻ ﺭﺏ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪ ‬ﳐﻠﻮﻕ ؛ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻛﻞﱢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞٍ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫} ‪. (٤) {      ‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﲑ ﻭﺷﺮٍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺇﳝﺎﻥٍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔٍ ﺷﺎﺀﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻩ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﻠﻘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫‪   ‬‬ ‫} ‪ (٥) {         ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٦) {    ‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﳋﻠﻖ ﻭﺍﻹِﳚﺎﺩ ؛ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻛﻞﱢ ﺷﻲﺀٍ ﺑﻼ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻏﲑﻩ‪ ‬ﻭﻻ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺳﻮﺍﻩ‪ ، ‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫} ‪. (٧) {           ‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﷲَ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔﹶ ﻭﻳﻜﺮﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔﹶ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﺑﻔﻀﻠﻪ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻀِﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٩ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ )‪ ، (٢٦٥٤‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٦٨/٢‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢ :‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٠ :‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥١ :‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٦٢ :‬‬

‫‪٦٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

            } : ‫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬، ‫ﺑﻌﺪﻟﻪ‬

. (١) {           
، ‫ ﺃﹶﺿﻠﹶﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺬﺭ ﻟﻪ ؛ ﻷَﻥﱠ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ‬‫ﻦ‬‫ﻭﻻ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻟِﻤ‬
‫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ‬، ‫ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻠﻔﻪ ﺇِﻻ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬، ‫ﻭﺃﹶﺿﺎﻑ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻛﺴﺒﺎ ﻟﻪ‬
. (٢) {            } : ‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬

 } : ‫( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬٣) {         } : ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬

     } : ‫ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬. (٤)

{       

. (٥) {  
‫ﻤﺎ‬‫ ﻭﺇﻧ‬، ‫ﺮ‬‫ﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸ‬‫ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ؛ ﻷَﻧﻪ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﳋﲑ ﻭ‬‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ‬
. ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﲝﻜﻤﺘﻪ‬
                  } : ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬

. (٦) {  
‫ ﻭﻛﻞ‬، ‫ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻈﻠﻢ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﺜﻘﺎﻝ ﺫﺭﺓ‬، ‫ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻝ‬‫ﺘﺼﻒ‬‫ ﻭﻣ‬، ‫ﱰﱠﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ‬‫ﻭﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻣ‬
. (٧) {      } : ‫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬، ‫ﺃﹶﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭﺭﲪﺔ‬

. ٧ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ‬1)

. ١٧ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻏﺎﻓﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ‬2)
. ٣ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ‬3)
. ١٦٥ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ‬4)
. ٢٨٦ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ‬5)
. ٧٩ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ‬6)
. ٢٩ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻕ ﺁﻳﺔ‬7)

٦٦
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫)‪. (١‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪{      } :‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪. (٢) {        } :‬‬

‫‪    ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻋﻤﺎﹶ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٣) {  ‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﹶﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺇِﺭﺍﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻫﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ﳎﺎﺯﺍ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻘﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﻤﻴ‪‬ﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪ ، ‬ﻭﱂ‬
‫ﳛﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺇِﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﺑﺈِﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ؛ ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻣ‪‬ﺠﱪ ﺑﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻬﻮ ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﹶﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻩ ؛ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﰲ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﳌﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺸﺄ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﻷَﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻮﻥ ﳍﺎ ؛ ﻓﻬﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ ﻭﺇﳚﺎﺩﺍ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻓﻌﻼ ﻭﻛﺴﺒﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪      ‬‬ ‫‪     ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٤) {  ‬‬

‫‪           ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﺣﲔ ﺍﺣﺘﺠ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ (٥) { ‬ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻛﺬ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪               ‬‬

‫‪                       ‬‬ ‫}‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٤٩ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٤٠ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٣ :‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٩ :‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٤٨ :‬‬

‫‪٦٧‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪. (١) {  ‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺳﺮ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﻄﹶﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﹶﻚ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻘﺮ‪‬ﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻧﱯ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻃﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺃﹶﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺎﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻣﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪. (٢) {        } :‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﺨﺎﻃﺒﻮﻥ ﻭﳛﺎﺟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ ؛ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫‪                                                                   ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫{‬ ‫‪      ‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﱀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻭﻣﻦ‪ ‬ﺗﺒﻌﻬﻢ ﺑﺈِﺣﺴﺎﻥ ؛‬
‫ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﲨﻌﲔ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٤٨ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٣ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٧٨ :‬‬

‫‪٦٨‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻥﹶ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ‪ :‬ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﳉﻨﺎﻥِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻞﹲ ﺑﺎﳉﻮﺍﺭﺡ ﻭﺍﻷَﺭﻛﺎﻥِ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺰﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺺ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔِ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ )‪ (١‬ﻗﻮﻝﹲ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫* ﻗﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐِ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥِ ‪ * .‬ﻭﻋﻤﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐِ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥِ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭﺡ ‪ * .‬ﻓﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐِ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻩ‪ ، ‬ﻭﺗﺼﺪﻳﻘﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻧﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻭﻗﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥِ ‪ :‬ﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ؛ ﺃﹶﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻭﻋﻤﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐِ ‪ :‬ﻧﻴ‪‬ﺘﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭﺇﺧﻼﺻﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭﺇﺫﻋﺎﻧﻪ‪ ، ‬ﻭﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﻟﻸﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭﺡ ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻞﹸ ﺍﳌﺄﻣﻮﺭﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﻨﻬﻴﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻭﻻ ﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﻨﻴ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﳋﻀﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺮﻋﺎ ‪ :‬ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ؛ ﻓﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﺔ ﻛﺄﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺪﻭﺑﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻠﺨﺼﻪ ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺻﺪﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺕ ﲦﺮﺍﺗﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻣﺘﺜﺎﻝ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻪ؛ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﲡﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ؛ ﻓﻼ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻟﻨﻔﻊ ﺇِﺑﻠﻴﺲ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻻ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻣﺼﲑﻩ ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﲔ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﺳﺠﺪ ﻵﺩﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺃﰉ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻜﱪ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺸﻔﻊ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺔ؛ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻻ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﱂ ﻳﺄﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﳎﺮﺩﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ؛ ﺑﻞ ﻋﻄﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‬
‫ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦٩‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

. (١) (‫ﲟﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬

‫ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﲟﺎ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ‬، ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﻃﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺣﻘﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ‬
، ‫ ﻭﺃﹶﻗﻮﺍﳍﻢ‬، ‫ ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﻪ ﻭﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻫﻢ‬، ‫ﻳﻦ ﻭﻓﺮﻭﻋﻪ‬‫ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪ‬
: ‫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬، ‫ﻭﺃﹶﻋﻤﺎﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﺔ‬
             }
           

. (٢) {             
‫ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬، ‫ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﻥ ﺍﷲ‬
: ‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬
. (٣) {            }

             } : ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬

. (٥) {         } : ‫ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬. (٤) { 

            } : ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‬

. (٦) {     

‫ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ؛ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ‬‫ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ‬، ‫( ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻋﻲ ﻭﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ‬1)
. ‫ﺑﻄﺔ‬
. ٤ - ٢ ، ‫ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬: ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ‬2)
. ١٠٧ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ ﺁﻳﺔ‬3)
. ٣٠ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﺼﻠﺖ ﺁﻳﺔ‬4)
. ٧٢ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺧﺮﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ‬5)
. ٣-١ ، ‫ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬: ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‬6)

٧٠
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫)‪(٢) (١‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻗﻞ ﺁﻣﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﷲ ؛ ﰒ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻢ {‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥﹸ ﺑِﻀ‪‬ﻊ ﻭﺳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌﻮﻥﹶ ﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ ؛ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻓﹾﻀ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹸ ‪ :‬ﻻﹶ ﺇِﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇِﻻ ﺍﷲُ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻧﺎﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﻣ‪‬ﺎﻃﹶﺔﹸ‬

‫ﺍﻷَﺫﹶﻯ ﻋ‪‬ﻦِ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺮِﻳﻖِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﳊﹶﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀُ ﺷﻌﺒﺔ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥِ { )‪. (٤) (٣‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺘﻼﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻚ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﺮﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﹶﺩﻟﺔ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺷﻌﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺺ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﺿﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪(٥‬‬
‫‪{‬‬ ‫‪   ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪  ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪. (٦‬‬

‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪      ‬‬

‫‪   ‬‬ ‫‪ . (٧) {       ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٨) {        ‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﹼﻪِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﺑ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪِ‬

‫ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻜﹾﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ { )‪. (١٠) (٩‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٣٨‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ )‪ ، (٢٤١٠‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ )‪ ، (٣٩٧٢‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٤١٣/٣‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ )‪. (٢٧١٠‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٩‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٣٥‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٦١٤‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﻌﻪ )‪، (٥٠٠٥‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ ، (٤٦٧٦‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪ ، (٥٧‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٤١٤/٢‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺪﺛﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣١ :‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٢٤ :‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢ :‬‬
‫)‪ (8‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ٤ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (9‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪. (٤٦٨١‬‬
‫)‪ (10‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﻯ ﻣِﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻜﹶﺮﺍ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﻩ‪ ‬ﺑِﻴ‪‬ﺪِﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄِﻊ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺒﻠِﺴ‪‬ﺎﻧِﻪِ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈِﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄِﻊ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺒِﻘﹶﻠﹾﺒِﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﻟِﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ { )‪. (٢) (١‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﻠﹶﻢ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻓﹶﻬِﻤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ‪ -‬ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻹٍﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺺ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﻣﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ ﺃﹶﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪) ‬ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑِﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺰِﻟﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾﺱِ ﻣِﻦ ﺍﳉﹶﺴ‪‬ﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻻ ﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻻ ﺇِﳝﺎﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ( )‪. (٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪) ‬ﺍﻟﻠﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺯِﺩ‪‬ﻧﺎ ﺇِﳝﺎﻧﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻘﻴﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓِﻘﹾﻬﺎ( )‪. (٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥﹶ ﻋﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺍﺀ ‪ -‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ‪) :‬ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﺰﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘﹸﺺ( )‪. (٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﻛﻴﻊ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ ﺍﳉﺮ‪‬ﺍﺡ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥﹸ ﻗﻮ ﻝﹲ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻞ( )‪. (٦‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺇِﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺃﹶﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﺰﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘﹸﺺ ؛ ﻓﹶﺰِﻳﺎﺩ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٤٩‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ )‪ ، (٢١٧٢‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﻌﻪ )‪ ، (٥٠٠٩‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫)‪ ، (١١٤٠‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ )‪ ، (١٢٧٥‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٠/٣‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺃﹶﺧﺮﺝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺃﹶﺧﺮﺝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺃﹶﺧﺮﺝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺃﹶﺧﺮﺝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ " ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻘﹾﺼ‪‬ﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑِﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙِ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞ( )‪. (١‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥﹸ ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺘ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜِﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﹸﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ‪‬ﺻﺪﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻋ‪‬ﻤﺎﻝﹸ( )‪. (٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥﹸ ﻗﻮﻝﹲ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺺ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﻼ ‪. (٤) (٣) {      } :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﱪ ‪ ،‬ﰲ " ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ " ‪) :‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﻟِﻔﻘﻪِ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﳊﹶﺪﻳﺚِ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥﹶ ﻗﹶﻮﻝﹲ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥﹸ ﻋِﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺰﻳﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻘﹸﺺ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻌ‪‬ﺼﻴ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻄﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋِﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺇِﳝﺎﻥ( )‪. (٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺗﺒﻌﻬﻢ ﺑﺈِﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺪ‪‬ﺛﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺗﺒﻌﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﳜﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻒ ؛ ﺇِﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻖِ‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺮﺟﺊ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﺿﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘِﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻘﻠﺒﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺃﹶﺩﺍﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﹶﺭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡ ﲜﻮﺍﺭﺣﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺃﹶﺻﻼ ﻻ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ‪ ‬ﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ " ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺇِﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ " ﻭﻻ ﳚﺰﻣﻮﻥ ﻷﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺃﹶﺧﺮﺝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﺄﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪) :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺪﺛﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣١ :‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ " :‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ " ﺝ‪ ، ١‬ﺹ ‪٦٢‬؛ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ " :‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺧﻮﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺛﺒﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﻴﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﺰﻛﻴﺔِ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﻔﺲ ؛ ﻷَﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﻴﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻨﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺇِﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻷَﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭ‬
‫‪      ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (١) {     ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪. (٢) {          } :‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﱪﺓ ‪ } :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﹶﻡ‪‬‬
‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﺭِ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﺆ‪‬ﻣِﻨﲔ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﳌﹸﺴ‪‬ﻠِﻤﲔ ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﷲُ ﺑِﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻻﹶﺣِﻘﹸﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹸ ﺍﷲَ ﻟﹶﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻓِﻴﺔ { )‪. (٤) (٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪) ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻬﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ ﺃﹶﻧﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺆﻣﻦ ؛ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺪ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﹶﻨﺔِ( )‪. (٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ‪ :‬ﲰﻌﺖ‪ ‬ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻐﲑﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻤﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﺚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﹶﻌﻘﺎﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺷ‪‬ﱪﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﺀ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴ‪‬ﺐ ﻭﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﹶﰊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﺩﺭﻛﺖ ‪) :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺜﹾﻨ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﰲ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻌﻴﺒ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺜﹾﻨِﻲ( )‪. (٦‬‬
‫ﻭﺳ‪‬ﺌﻞﹶ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ؛ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹲ ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞ ﻭ‪‬ﻧِﻴﺔ( ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﻓﺈِﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ‪ :‬ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻧﺖ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺑِﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺔ( ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٢٤ - ٢٣ ،‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٢ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﺰ )‪ ، (٩٧٥‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﺰ )‪ ، (٢٠٤٠‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﺰ )‪ ، (١٥٤٧‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٥٣/٥‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ " ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧٤‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪) :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣِﻦ ﺇِﻥﹾ ﺷ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺍﷲُ( )‪. (١‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔِ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ -‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻠﺐ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺬﻭﺭﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﻧﺎﻗﺾ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﻗﻀﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ؛ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺈِﳝﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺎﺳﻖ ﺑﻜﺒﲑﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﲢﺖ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻏﻔﺮ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻋﺬﱠﺑﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻘﻠﻴﻠﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﷲ ﻣِﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﰲ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒﻪِ ﻣِﺜﹾﻘﺎﻝﹸ ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﻝ‬

‫ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺇِﳝﺎﻥ { )‪. (٣) (٢‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺄﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﻔﱢﺮﻭﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺫﻧﺐ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﺬﻧﺐ‬
‫‪          ‬‬ ‫ﻳﺰﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺃﹶﺻﻞ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٤) {   ‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺎﻧِﻲ ﺟِﺒ‪‬ﺮﻳﻞ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﻡ‪ -‬ﻓﹶﺒ‪‬ﺸﺮﻧِﻲ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺘِﻚ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮِﻙ‪ ‬ﺑِﺎﷲِ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﹸﻠﹾﺖ‪ : ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﻥﹾ ﺯ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﻥﹾ ﺳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻕ ؛‬
‫ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﻥﹾ ﺯ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﻥﹾ ﺳﺮ‪‬ﻕ‪. (٦) (٥) { ‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪) ‬ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥﹸ ﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻩ ؛ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺯ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﺎﺭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥﹸ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈِﻥﹾ ﻻﻡ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭﺍﺟ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬؛‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٢‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (١٨٣‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٥٦/٣‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٤٨ :‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﺰ )‪ ، (١١٨٠‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٩٤‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٦٤٤‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٥٢/٥‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺭﺍﺟﻌ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ( )‪. (١‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺍﺀ ‪) ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥﹸ ؛ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﻛﹶﻘﹶﻤِﻴﺺِ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﹶﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺒ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﷲِ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒﺪ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺇِﳝﺎﻧﻪِ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻠِﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻮﺟﺪ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹾﺪ‪‬ﻩ( )‪. (٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻏﻠﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﻏﻼﻣﺎ ﻏﻼﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ‪) :‬ﺃﹶﻻ‬
‫ﺃﺯﻭﺟﻚ ؟ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻳﺰﱐ ؛ ﺇِﻻ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ( )‪. (٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺄﹶﻟﻪ ﻋﻜﺮﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﱰﻉ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ؛ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ -‬ﻭﺷﺒﻚ ﺑﲔ ﺃﹶﺻﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﰒﹶ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺧﺮﺟﻬﺎ‪ -‬ﻓﺈِﻥ ﺗﺎﺏ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪ -‬ﻭﺷﺒﻚ ﺑﲔ ﺃﹶﺻﺎﺑﻌﻪ( )‪. (٤‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺃﹶﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺃﹶﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ " ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ؛ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺯ ﻭﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﺓ ﻭﻭﺍﺳﻂ ﻭﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺼﺮ ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺮﻥ ﰒ ﻗﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺩﺭﻛﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺖ ﻭﺃﹶﺭﺑﻌﲔ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ‪ -‬ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﹶﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﲬﺴﲔ ﻋﺎﳌﺎ ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪ - :‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﻔﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻛﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳐﺘﺼﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻮﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷَﺷﻴﺎﺀ ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺃﹸﻣِﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﻟِﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠِﺼِﲔ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻔﹶﺎﺀَ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘِﻴﻤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻠﹶﺎﺓﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺰ‪‬ﻛﹶﺎﺓﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﻟِﻚ‪ ‬ﺩِﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻘﹶﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔِ ] ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ . . . [ ٥‬ﰒ ﻳﺴﺮﺩ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻫﻢ( ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪) :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ " :‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ " ﺝ ‪ ، ١٢‬ﺹ ‪. ٥٩‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﲑ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺐ ﻣﻜﻔﱢﺮﺍ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇِﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫ﲟﻮﺟﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ؛ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺐ ﻣﻜﻔﱢﺮﺍ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇِﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫ﲟﻮﺟﺒﻬﺎ ؛ ﻓﺘﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻧﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺄﻭﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻷُﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇِﱃ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﲞﻼﻑ ﺍﻷَﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ؛‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩِ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺟﺤﺪِ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺘﻤﻪِ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻩ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﱢﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺑﻜﻞﱢ ﺫﻧﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ؛ ﻓﺈِﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻻ‬
‫ﳛﻜﻤﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﹶﺎ ﳛﻜﻤﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺴﻖ ﻭﻧﻘﺺ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻞ‬
‫‪         ‬‬ ‫ﺫﻧﺒﻪ ؛ ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (١) {            ‬‬

‫‪          ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٢) {             ‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻧﺐ‪ -‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ‪ -‬ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻠﻪ ؛ ﻓﹶﺄﹶﻣﺮ‪‬ﻩ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٤٨ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٣ :‬‬

‫‪٧٧‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻋﺬﱠﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻏﻔﺮ ﻟﻪ ؛ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺑﺎﳌﱰﻟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﱰﻟﺘﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺃﹶﳝﺎ ﺍ ﻣ‪ ‬ﺮِ ﺉٍ ﻗﹶﺎ ﻝﹶ ﻷَ ﺧِﻴﻪ ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻛﹶﺎ ﻓِﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶ ﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺑِ ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶ ﺣ‪ ‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪ ‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺇِ ﻥﹾ ﻛﹶﺎ ﻥﹶ ﻛﹶ ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺇِ ﻟﱠﺎ ﺭ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻌ‪ ‬ﺖ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫)‪( ٢) ( ١‬‬
‫ﻋ‪ ‬ﻠﹶ ﻴ‪‬ﻪ {‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ ﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻼ ﺑِﺎﻟﻜﻔﹾﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬ ﻟِﻚ ﺇِ ﻟﱠﺎ‬

‫)‪. (٤‬‬ ‫)‪( ٣‬‬

‫ﺣ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪِ {‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻻ ﻳ‪ ‬ﺮ‪‬ﻣِﻲ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﹸﺴ‪‬ﻮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪ ‬ﺮ‪‬ﻣﻴﻪِ ﺑِﺎﻟﻜﹸﻔﹾﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺇِ ﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺗﺪ ﺕ‪‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫)‪(٦) (٥‬‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪِ ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣِﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺬ ﻟِﻚ {‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫)‪(٨) ( ٧‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﻣﻰ ﻣ‪ ‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣِﻨﺎ ﺑِﻜﹸﻔﹾﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﻘﹶﺘ‪‬ﻠﻪ {‬

‫)‪. (١٠‬‬ ‫)‪( ٩‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﺇِ ﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ ﻞﹸ ﻷَﺧِﻴﻪ ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﹶﺎ ﻓِ ﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﺑِﻪِ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ {‬
‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﲔ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ )‪ ، (٥٧٥٣‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٦٠‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٦٣٧‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪، (٤٦٨٧‬‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (١٠٥/٢‬ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ )‪. (١٨٤٤‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﳘﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٦١‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٦٦/٥‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺭﻭﺍﳘﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ )‪ ، (٥٦٩٨‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪. (٦١‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ )‪ ، (٥٧٥٤‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٣/٤‬‬
‫)‪ (8‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (9‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ )‪. (٥٧٥٢‬‬
‫)‪ (10‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧٨‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﻗﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﹸﻜﹾﻢ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﻜـﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ -‬ﳑﻦ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺇِﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﺑﻴﻘﲔ‪ -‬ﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻋﺎﺹٍ ﺃﹶﻭ ﻓﺎﺳﻖ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﳛﻜﻤﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺒﲔ‪ ‬ﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈِﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻭﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻷُﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ؛ ﰒ ﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻌ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﲢﻘﻘﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻔﺖ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻧﻊ )‪. (١‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﲰﻌﺖ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻـﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﻭﻋﻠـﻰ ﺁﻟـﻪ ﻭﺳـﻠﻢ‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪ " :‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻼﻥِ ﰲ ﺑ‪‬ﻨِﻲ ﺇِﺳﺮ‪‬ﺍﺋِﻴﻞﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺆﺍﺧِﻴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺬﹾﻧِﺐ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮ ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﺪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌِﺒ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﺓِ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻜﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺍﻝﹸ ﺍﳌﹸﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬِﺪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻵﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺼِﺮ‪ . ‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺫﹶﻧﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ : ‬ﺃﹶﻗﹾﺼِﺮ‪ . ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﱢﻨِﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﰊ ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻌِﺜﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻲ‪ ‬ﺭﻗﻴ‪‬ﺒﺎ ؟ ﻓﹶﻘﹶـﺎﻝﹶ ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﷲِ! ﻻﹶ‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻔِﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻟﹶﻚ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧِﻠﹸﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﺍﳉﹶﻨﺔﹶ!‪ -‬ﻓﹶﻘﹸﺒﺾ ﺃﹶﺭ‪‬ﻭﺍﺣ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎﺟ‪‬ﺘﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﻋِﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺏ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﳌﲔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟِﻬ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﹸﺠ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬِﺪ ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ ﺑِﻲ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻟِﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻳ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﻗﺎﺩِﺭﺍ ؟ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟِﻠﹾﻤ‪‬ﺬﹾﻧِﺐ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺑِﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘِﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ﻟﻶﺧ‪‬ﺮِ ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﹾﻫ‪‬ﺒﻮﺍ ﺑِﻪِ ﺇِﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭِ " ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﺑـﻮ ﻫﺮﻳـﺮﺓ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ! ﻟﺘﻜﹶﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﺑ‪ ‬ﹶﻘﺖ‪ ‬ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﺗﻪ ‪. (٢) .‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻣﻦ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﺑﻴﻘﲔ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺰﻭﻝ ﺑﺸﻚ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻮﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺳﻠﻔﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ‪) :‬ﳌﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﺌﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮﻭﺍﻥ ﺃﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﺮﻭﺍ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﺌﻞ ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺻﺒﺎﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﹶﺎ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺇِﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﻐﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ( ] ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﰲ " ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺝ ‪ ٨‬ﺹ‪ . [ ١٧٣‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ؛ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻛﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﲔ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ) :‬ﻓﺎﳌﺘﺄﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺬﻭﺭ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻧﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺟﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻗﺪﺭﺍ ( ] ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪ . [ ٣٨٢ / ٣‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪) :‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﺮِﻑ‪ ‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﺘﻜﻔﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﳍﻢ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳛﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺍﻹﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺒﲔ ‪‬ﺎ ﳍﻢ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻻ ﺭﻳﺐ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻔﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺗﻜﻔﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﻨﲔ( ] ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ‪. [ ٣٤٨ / ٣‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧٩‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺇِﻻ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﰲ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻛﻔﺮﺍﻥ ‪ :‬ﺇِﺫ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺩﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻟﻠﻜﻔﺮ ﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻟﻺِﳝﺎﻥ ﺷ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺫﻭ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﻭﺷﻌﺐ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ ؛ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﱠﺎﺭ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻭﻻ‪ -‬ﻛﻔﺮ ﺃﹶﻛﱪ ﳐﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻱ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻄِﻞ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﰲ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺃﹶﻧﻮﺍﻉ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻛﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺬﻳﺐ ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺟﺎﺀ ﲞﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ ﺃﹶﺣﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭ‪‬ﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻛﻔﺮ ﺍﻹِﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻘﺮ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﺣﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺃﹶﺷﺮﺍ ﻭﺑﻄﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻘﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻠﻪ ؛ ﻛﻜﻔﺮ ﺇِﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻓﺈِﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﱂ ﳚﺤﺪ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻹِﺑﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺒﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﻛﻔﺮ ﺍﻹِﻋﺮﺍﺽ ‪ :‬ﺑﺄﹶﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﻭﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﻗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﺬﺑﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﺍﻟﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻳﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺼﻐﻲ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﹶﻤﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻬﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷَﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻖ ؛ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺇِﻋﺮﺍﺽ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﻛﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺇِﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺭﻓﻀﻪ ﻭﺟﺤﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻠﺐ ؛‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻺِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﻄﻦ ﻟﻠﻜﻔﺮ )‪. (١‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻤﻞ ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻻ ‪ :‬ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺑﻄﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺭﺣﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺬﺏ ﲟﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﺮﺍﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ . .‬ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮﻳﺔ ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ‪ :‬ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ‬

‫‪٨٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ - ٥‬ﻛﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻚ ‪ :‬ﺑﺄﹶﻥ ﻻ ﳚﺰﻡ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺬﺑﻪ ؛ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺸﻚ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻣﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺑﺄﹶﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻪ ﺣﻖ ﻻ ﻣﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﰲ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﳌﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺟﻮ‪‬ﺯ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺧﻼﻓﻪ ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﹶﻔﺮ ﻛﹸﻔﺮ ﺷﻚ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷَﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺔﹲ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺒﻄﺔ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷَﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪         ‬‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪   ‬‬ ‫‪ (١) { ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬ ‫‪      ‬‬

‫‪. (٢) {    ‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ -‬ﻛﻔﺮ ﺃﹶﺻﻐﺮ ﻏﲑ ﳐﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻃﻠﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳﺪ ؛ ﻷَﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻛﺒﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺘﺾ ﻻﺳﺘﺤﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻴﺪ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷَﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ :‬ﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻠﻒ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻷﺧﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ‪ . .‬ﺇِﱃ ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪. (٣) {         } :‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺳِﺒﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﹸﺴ‪‬ﻠِﻢِ ﻓﹸﺴ‪‬ﻮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻗِﺘﺎﻟﹸﻪ‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻻ ﺗﺮﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻛﻔﺎﺭﺍ ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﻌﻀﻜﻢ ﺭﻗﺎﺏ‬ ‫)‪(١) (٤‬‬
‫ﻛﹸﻔﹾﺮ {‬

‫ﺃﹶﻱ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﳐﺎﻟﻒ ﳌﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﺔ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ‬
‫ﻛﺬﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺃﺧﻠﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺋﺘﻤﻦ ﺧﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﺎﺻﻢ ﻓﺠﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺎﻫﺪ ﻏﺪﺭ؛ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٦ :‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٦٥ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٩ :‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٤٨‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٦٤‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ )‪ ، (١٩٨٣‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﲢﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ )‪، (٤١٠٨‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪ ، (٦٩‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٨٥/١‬‬

‫‪٨١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺾ { )‪ (٣) (٢‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﻒ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺷﺮﻙ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﻔﺮ { )‪ (٥) . (٤‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬

‫} ﺍﺛﻨﺘﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﳘﺎ ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﻔﺮ ؛ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻴﺖ { )‪. (٧) (٦‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻋﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻤِﺮﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻜﱢﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫‪                          ‬‬ ‫}‬

‫‪. (٨) {     ‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺄﹶﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﺒﻬﻤﺔ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭﻱ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ‪ ‬ﲟﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﻪ ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﹶﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻮﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ‪ } :‬ﺇِﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞِ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ ؛ ﻓِﻴﻤﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪﻭ ﻟِﻠﻨﺎﺱِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞِ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞﹶ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞِ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭِ ؛‬
‫ﻓِﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞِ ﺍﳉﻨﺔِ { )‪ (١) (٩‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﺇِﻥ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑِﻌ‪‬ﻤﻞِ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞِ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ )‪ ، (١٢١‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٦٥‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﲢﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ )‪ ، (٤١٣١‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ )‪، (٣٩٤٢‬‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٣٥٨/٤‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﻚ )‪. (١٩٢١‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺬﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (١٥٣٤‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺬﻭﺭ )‪ ، (٣٢٥١‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٦٩/٢‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٦٧‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﺰ )‪ ، (١٠٠١‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٤٩٦/٢‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (8‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٤٨ :‬‬
‫)‪ (9‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ )‪ ، (٢٧٤٢‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (١١٢‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٣٢/٥‬‬

‫‪٨٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳉﹶﻨﺔِ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺇِﻟﹶﺎ ﺫِﺭﺍﻉ ؛ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪِ ﺍﻟﻜِﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬؛ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑِﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞِ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞِ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﹶﻴﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﻥ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑِﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞِ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞِ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺇِﻻ ﺫِﺭﺍﻉ‪ ‬؛‬
‫ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪِ ﺍﻟﻜِﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬؛ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺑِﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻞِ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞِ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻬ‪‬ﺎ { )‪. (٣) (٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﳌﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻪ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻘﲔ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ ؛ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺇِﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪          ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪          ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪{‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪. (٥) {  ‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﻧﻪ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺇِﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﺇِﻟﹶﺎ ﺍﷲُ ‪،‬‬

‫ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔﹶ { )‪ . (٧) (٦‬ﻭﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺄﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ‪ ، ‬ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬

‫‪          ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪          ‬‬ ‫‪ (٨) { ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪     ‬‬ ‫‪ . (٩) { ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬ ‫‪     ‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ )‪ ، (٦٢٢١‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ )‪ ، (٢٦٤٣‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ )‪ ، (٢١٣٧‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ ، (٤٧٠٨‬ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪ ، (٧٦‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٤٣٠/١‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٥ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٥ :‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٦‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٦٩/١‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (8‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٩ :‬‬
‫)‪ (9‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ٦ ،‬‬

‫‪٨٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪. (١) { ‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺷﻬﺪ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻛﻞﱡ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺷﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ ‪‬ﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮٍ ﰲ ﺍﳉﹶﻨﺔِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺜﹾﻤ‪‬ﺎﻥﹸ ﰲ ﺍﳉﹶﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻃﹶﻠﹾﺤ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺑﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻦِ ﺑﻦ‪‬‬
‫ﻋ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻑ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳﻌﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﰊ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﱠﺎﺹ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻌﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﺯ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺓﹶ ﺑﻦ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻌﻜﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻦ‬ ‫)‪(٣) (٢‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﹶﺮﺍﺡ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔِ {‬
‫ﳏﺼﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﻝ ﻳﺎﺳﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻼﻝ ﺑﻦ ﺭﺑﺎﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺎﺭﺛﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﺣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ ﺍﺑﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺪﳚﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺧﻮﻳﻠﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻔﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻔﺼﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﲨﻌﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺸﻬﺪ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﳍﺐ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻯ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ ﺃﹸﻡ ﲨﻴﻞ ﺃﹶﺭﻭﻯ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺣﺮﺏ ﻭﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﳑﻦ ﺛﺒﺖ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻬﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳚﺰﻣﻮﻥ ﻷَﺣﺪ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ؛ ﲜﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺇِﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٤٥ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺐ )‪ ، (٣٧٤٨‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ ، (٤٦٤٩‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪ ، (١٣٤‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٨٨/١‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨٤‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳜﺎﻓﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻲﺀ )‪. (١‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻻ ﲡﺐ ﻷَﺣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥﹾ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺣﺴﻨﺎ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻔﻀﻠﻪ‬
‫‪        ‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺪﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﲪﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٢) {            ‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧِﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺔ " ﻓﻘﻴﻞ ‪ :‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﹶﻧﺖ‪ ‬؟ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ! ﻗﺎﻝﹶ ‪ " :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﺃﹶﻧﺎ ؛ ﺇِﻻ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻐﻤﺪ‪‬ﱐ ﺭ‪‬ﰊ‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫)‪(٤) (٣‬‬
‫ﺑِﺮﺣ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔ {‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻴﺪ‪ -‬ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ -‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻋﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺑﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‬
‫‪      ‬‬ ‫ﲟﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻭﺃﹶﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻜﻔﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٥) {                 ‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞﹲ ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺸِﻲ ﺑِﻄﹶﺮﻳﻖٍ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻏﹸﺼ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺷ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻙ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﹶﺮِﻳﻖِ ﻓﺄﺧﺮ‪‬ﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺸﻜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ؛ ﻓﹶﻐ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻪ { )‪. (٧) (٦‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻟﻜﻞﱢ ﳐﻠﻮﻕٍ ﺃﹶﺟﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻟﻦ ﲤﻮﺕ ﻧﻔﺲ‪ ‬ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻻ ﳛﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﳓﺴﺒﻪ ﺷﻬﻴﺪﺍ ﺇِﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺰﻛﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ‪ -‬ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﻡ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﻡ ﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻼ ﻋﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢١ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻰ )‪ ، (٥٣٤٩‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ )‪ ، (٢٨١٦‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ )‪ ، (٤٢٠١‬ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫)‪. (٤٨٨/٢‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٣ :‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﺫﺍﻥ )‪ ، (٦٢٤‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ )‪ ، (١٩١٤‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ )‪ ، (٥٢٤٥‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٥٣٣/٢‬ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ )‪. (٢٩٥‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٨٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻣﺆﺟﻼ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈِﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺃﹶﺟﻠﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺄﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺪﻣﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﹶﻭ‬
‫‪     ‬‬ ‫ﻗﹸﺘﻞ ؛ ﻓﺈِﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺃﹶﺟﻠﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻰ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (١) {     ‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺑﺎﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﻭﻋﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻌﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺎﺓ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺣﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪             ‬‬

‫‪. (٢) {         ‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻔﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺼﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻔﻀﻠﻪ ﻭﻛﺮﻣﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻋﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬
‫‪      ‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﺎﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٣) {       ‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٤٥ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٢٢ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٤٨ :‬‬

‫‪٨٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ‬
‫ﰲ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ؛ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﺐ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ ﺍﳊﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻻﺀُ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻛﲔ‪‬‬
‫‪     ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪  ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪(٢‬‬

‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪   ‬‬

‫‪. (٣) {              ‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺗﺘﻀﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻭﻻ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ )ﻻ ﺇِﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﷲُ( ﻓﺈِﻥﱠ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀﺓﹸ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﶈﺒﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﻭﺍﻟﻴﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻭﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳎﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺀ ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ :‬ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻭﺓ ‪ :‬ﺍﳋﺼﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ؛ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﰲ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺣﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻠﺨﺼﻪ ‪ :‬ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺿﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ ‪ .‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ‪ :‬ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ ﺍﳊﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭﺡ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ؛ ﻛﺎﻟﻨﺼﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻭﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﳍﺠﺮﺓ ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ ﺇﺫﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﻮ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﺿﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﻭﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ؛ ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﻼﺯﻣﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٧١ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٨ :‬‬

‫‪٨٧‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫} ‪. (١) {      ‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭﺛﻖ ﻋﺮﻯ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ } :‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺛﻖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﹶﺓﹸ ﰲ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓﹸ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺐ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﷲ { )‪. (٢‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﺘﺬﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺣﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﺬﱠﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺛﹶﻼﺙﹲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻦ ﻓﻴﻪِ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻼﹶﻭﺓﹶ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﷲُ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪِ ﳑ‪‬ﺎ ﺳِﻮﺍﻫ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺤِﺒﻪ‪ ‬ﺇِﻟﹶﺎ ﻟﻠﹼﻪِ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﹸﻔﹾﺮ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺇِﺫﹾ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻘﹶﺬﹶﻩ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻛﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﹶﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭِ { )‪. (٤) (٣‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻧﻪ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻳﺴﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣﺐ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﺾ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﻰ ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ؛ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘﻜﻤ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ { )‪. (٦) (٥‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺎ ‪ -‬ﻷَﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺐ ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﷲ ‪،‬‬
‫‪            ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٧) {              ‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺩﺳﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﺳﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ ﺣ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﺤِﺐ‪ ‬ﻷَﺧِﻴﻪِ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٦ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ " :‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ؛ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ‪. (٩٩٨) :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢١‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٤٣‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٢٦٢٤‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﻌﻪ‬
‫)‪ ، (٤٩٨٨‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ )‪ ، (٤٠٣٣‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٢٨٨/٣‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪. (٤٦٨١‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٤ :‬‬

‫‪٨٨‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

. (٢) (١) { ِ‫ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ‬‫ ﻟِﻨ‬‫ﺤﺐ‬‫ﻳ‬

‫ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺔﹲ ﺷﺮﻋﺎ ؛ ﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ‬: ‫ﻭ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﺻﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ‬، ‫ ﺇِﻻ ﺍﷲُ( ﻭﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ‬‫ ) ﻻ ﺇ ﻟﹶﻪ‬: ‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﺓ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‬، ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺗﻪ‬
                                                   } : ‫ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬، ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ ﻷَﺻﻞ‬
                                                                                           

                                                                                  

                                             } : ‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬ (٣)
{                       

. (٤)
{                                                      

: ‫ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬‫ﻨ‬‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‬
: ‫ﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﺇِﱃ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﹶﻗﺴﺎﻡ‬‫ﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‬‫ﻤ‬‫ﻳﻘﹶﺴ‬
‫ ﻭﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ‬، ‫ ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‬: ‫ﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺀ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ‬‫ ﻣ‬-‫ﺃﻭﻻ‬
       } : ‫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬، ‫ﻳﻦ ﳐﻠﺼﲔ ﻟﻪ‬‫ﺑﺸﻌﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺪ‬
             

. (٥) {     

: ‫ﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬‫ ﻣ‬-‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬

‫ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ‬، (٢٥١٥) ‫ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ‬، (٤٥) ‫ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‬، (١٣) ‫( ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‬1)
. (٢٧٤٠) ‫ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ‬، (٢٧٢/٣) ‫ ﺃﲪﺪ‬، (٦٦) ‫ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬، (٥٠١٦) ‫ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﻌﻪ‬
. ‫( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬2)
. ٢٤ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ‬3)
. ١ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺤﻨﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ‬4)
. ٥٦ - ٥٥ ، ‫ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬: ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ‬5)

٨٩
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻲِ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻬﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﶈﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇِﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ؛ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺤﺔ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﻴﻬﻢ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺆﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻳﻨﻬﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﻔﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﻴﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺌﺎ‪‬ﻢ ؛ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻣﻊ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﲪﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﹸﺗِﻲ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﺎﺭﺏ ﻟﻠﺨﻤﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ؛ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ } : -  -‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹾﻌ‪‬ﻨﻮﻩ‪‬‬

‫ﺇِﻧﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹶﻪ { )‪ . (٢) (١‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﹶﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ -‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻳﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻧﺼﺮﺍﻧﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﳎﻮﺳﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻣﻠﺤﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺛﻨﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ؛ ﻛﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﺑﻐﲑﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﱡﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺳ‪‬ﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﹶﻭ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍ ﺑﺄﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﳓﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ -‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪-‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺃﹶﻥ ﳚﺎﻫﺪﻭﻫﻢ ﻭﻳﻀﻴﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻫﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻴﺜﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ‪،‬‬
‫‪          ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪       ‬‬ ‫‪ (٣) {   ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٤) {              ‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﳍﺎ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﳚﺐ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻭﻻ ‪ -‬ﺍﳍﺠﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺇِﱃ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺴﺘﺜﲎ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻀﻌﻒ ‪،‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ )‪. (٦٣٩٨‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﱘ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٩ :‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٢٢ :‬‬

‫‪٩٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﳍﺠﺮﺓ ﻷَﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ‪ -‬ﻧﺼﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻭﻧﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻓﺮﺍﺣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﺣﺰﺍ‪‬ﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﳛﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺒﻪ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ؛ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻭﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﺒ‪‬ﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﳎﺎﻟﺴﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭ‪‬ﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﺩﺍﺀ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺾ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﺰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻖ ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﳍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻏﺸﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺎ ‪ -‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﹶﺧﺒﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﹶﺳﺮﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﺇِﱃ ﻋﺪﻭﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﺫﻯ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺩﺳﺎ ‪ -‬ﺍﻻﻧﻀﻤﺎﻡ ﺇِﱃ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺃﹸﻣﻮﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ‪ -‬ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻭﺓ ﳍﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴ‪‬ﺎﹶ ‪ -‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺃﹶﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺻﻠﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ؛ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﰉ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ ‪ -‬ﻫﺠﺮ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺇِﻻ ﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇِﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﻌﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎ ‪ -‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻪ ‪‬ﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻨﺎ ﻭﺩﻧﻴﺎ ؛ ﻓﺎﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻌﺎﺋﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻛﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺩ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻥﱠ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻮﺭﺙ ﻧﻮﻋﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﶈﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﺗﻮﺭﺙ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﺻِﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳝﺪﺣﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﲔ‬

‫‪٩١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪‬ﻢ ؛ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻔﺎﺭ ﺃﹶﻣﺜﺎﳍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹶﻦ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺠﺮ ﺻﺤﺒﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﳎﺎﻟﺴﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺨﺬﻫﻢ ﺑﻄﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻪ ﳛﻔﻈﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻫﻢ ﺃﹶﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺩﺳﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻋﻴﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﹶﻓﺮﺍﺣﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻬﻨﺌﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻈﻤﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﳜﺎﻃﺒﻬﻢ ؛ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﻮﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻌﺎ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻟﱠﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﳍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﺣﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻣﻨﺎ ‪ -‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﻫﻨﺔ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺪﺍﺭﺍﺓ ﳍﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺳﻌﺎ ‪ -‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﻰ ﲝﻜﻤﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺃﹶﻫﻮﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻬﻢ‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﹶﻱ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻫﻢ ؛ ﻟِﺄﹶﻥﱠ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻬﻢ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺷﺮﺍ ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﻳﺒﺪﺃﻫﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻼﹶﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪. " ‬‬

‫‪٩٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﱀ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﺮﻳﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷَﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﳍﺎ؛ ﻳ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ‪‬ﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﺘﺰﻣﲔ ﺑﺄﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪ -‬ﺇِﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎ ﳍﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻔﺈﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﺭﺍﺟﺎ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻷُﻣﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺻﺪﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ؛ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ " ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺒﻞ " ‪ .‬ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺴﻨﺔ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ‪- -‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺁﻻﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺷﺎﻫﺪﻭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﱂ ﲢﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻷﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﱪﻛﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻪ ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﲑﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﻯ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﺷﺮﻳﻌﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷُﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰﺓ ﻋﻘﻼ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻌﺒﺪﻩ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻭﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﻕ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺴﻤﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﺮﺃ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﻔﻨﺎ؛ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔﹸ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ ﲝﻜﻤﻬﻤﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ؛ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺇِﳝﺎ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻊ ﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺇِﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺮ‪ ‬ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺇﳝﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻴﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ‪ :‬ﺇِﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺗﻘﻴﺪ ﺑﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺣﻜﻤﺎ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻳﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﳊﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﳊﺎﺟﺔ؛ ﻓﺈِﻥ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ؛ ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺇِﻣﺎ ﺧﻴﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒ‪‬ﺖ ‪‬ﺎ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻲ ‪‬ﺎ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻸﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺟﺮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ؛ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻜﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ ﺇِﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﺀ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﻢ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺨﺬﻫﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺎﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻫﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻮﺭﺩ‪ ‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳍﻠﻜﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﻧﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺧﺴﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺣﲔ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﺭ‪‬ﺟﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ؛ ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺑﺎﻻ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲨﻌﺖ ﰲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ ، ٧٤ -٦٣ ،‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪ - -‬ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﲟﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺧﲑﻩ ﻭﺷﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ‪ - -‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺐ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺗ‪‬ﺬﻛﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﳝﺸﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻫﻮﻧﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﺎﻃﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺳﻼﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﻴﺘﻮﻥ ﻟﺮ‪‬ﻢ ﺳ‪‬ﺠﺪﺍ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‬

‫‪٩٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺇِﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎ ﳍﻢ ؛ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺩﻝﱠ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪             ‬‬

‫‪               ‬‬

‫‪. (١) {  ‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺇِﻥ ﺍﷲَ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺭﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻰ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﺩ‪‬ﻯ‬

‫ﻟِﻲ ﻭ‪‬ﻟِﻴ‪‬ﺎﱠ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺁﺫﹶﻧ‪‬ﺘﻪ‪ ‬ﺑِﺎﳊﹶﺮ‪‬ﺏِ { )‪. (٣) (٢‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻷَﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﹶﻣﺮٍ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ؛ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﺭﺍﺟﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺫﺓ ﻭﺃﹶﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻟﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺫﺓ ‪:‬‬
‫* ﻓﺎﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﳐﺘﺼﺔ ﺑﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪. (٤) {         } :‬‬
‫* ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺫﺓ ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻷَﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﳐﺘﺼﺔ ﺑﺄﻫﻞ‬
‫‪       ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٥) {    ‬‬

‫ﺍﺻﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﺎ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﻭﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺘ‪‬ﺮﻭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺇِﳍﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﺎﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﻧﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﻮ ﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﹸﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺭ‪‬ﻢ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻭﻋﻤﻴﺎﻧﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﺎﺅﻫﻢ ‪ :‬ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻫﺐ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﻨﺎ ﻭﺫﺭﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻗﺮﺓ ﺃﻋﲔ ﻭﺍﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻘﲔ‬
‫ﺇِﻣﺎﻣﺎ ‪ . .‬ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ‪. ٦٤ - ٦٢ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ )‪. (٦١٣٧‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٤ :‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٢١ :‬‬

‫‪٩٤‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﺪﻗﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺳﺤﺮﺍ ﻭﺳﺤﺮﺓ‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪(٣‬‬

‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪  ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪(٢‬‬
‫‪{ ‬‬

‫‪. (٤) {     ‬‬

‫‪     ‬‬ ‫ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻀﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٥) {          ‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻳﻀﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻔﺮ ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺇِﺑﺎﺣﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺐ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ؛ ﻷَﻥﱠ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺃﹶﲨﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺮﳝﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺮ ﻳﺴﺘﺘﺎﺏ ؛ ﻓﺈِﻥ ﺗﺎﺏ ﻭﺇﻟﹼﺎ ﺿ‪‬ﺮﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻘﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺮ‪‬ﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﺣﻖ ‪،‬‬
‫‪             ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺳﻲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ‪ :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ ﻭﺭﻗﻰ ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺤﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻤﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﻣﺎ ﳝﺮﺽ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ؛ ﻓﻴﻤﻨﻌﻪ ﻭﻃﺄﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﻭﺯﻭﺟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐﺾ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺒﺐ‪ ‬ﺍﺛﻨﲔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ‪ . . .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﺈِﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻻ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻨﺎ ‪ :‬ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺮ؛ ﺑﺘﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﲢﺮﳝﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇِﺑﺎﺣﺘﻪ ‪ . .‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﳌﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺫﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱢﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺰِﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹶﻴ‪‬ﻦِ ﺑِﺒ‪‬ﺎﺑِﻞﹶ ﻫ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﺕ‪ (‬ﺇِﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪) :‬ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﱠﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﻣِﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹶﺮ‪‬ﻗﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺑِﻪِ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺀِ ﻭ‪‬ﺯ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺟِﻪِ( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ . (١٠٢ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ " :‬ﺍﳌﻐﲏ " ‪ ،‬ﺝ ‪ ، ٨‬ﺹ‪. ١٥١ -١٥٠‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٨٠ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١١٦ :‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٢ :‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٢ :‬‬

‫‪٩٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

. (١) {         

(٢)
{ ‫ﺮﺍﺕ‬‫ﺸ‬‫ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓِ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﳌﺒ‬‫ ﻣِﻦ‬‫ﻖ‬‫ﺒ‬‫ ﻳ‬‫ } ﻟﹶﻢ‬: ‫ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬‫ﺒِﻲ‬‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‬

. (٤) (٣) { ‫ } ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟِﺤﺔ‬: ‫ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮﺍﺕ ؛ ﻗﺎﻝ‬: ‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‬

: ‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
، ‫ ﻭﺗﺘﺨﺒﻄﻬﻢ‬، ‫ﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﹶﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﺍﳉﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻮﺱ ﻟﺒﲏ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭﺗﺘﺮﺑﺺ‬
         } : ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬

: ‫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬، ‫ﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻣِﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﳊﻜﻤﺔ‬‫( ﻭﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺴﻠﻄﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣ‬٥) {   

           }

. (٦) {          

 } : ‫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬. ‫ﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻣِﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ‬‫ﻭﳛﻔﻆ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﻭﻣﻜﺮﻫﻢ ﻣ‬

            

. (٧) {       

. ١٠٢ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ‬1)

. (١٧٨٢) ‫ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ‬، (٣٢٥/٢) ‫ ﺃﲪﺪ‬، (٥٠١٧) ‫ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‬، (٦٥٨٩) ‫( ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‬2)
. (١٧٨٢) ‫ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ‬، (٣٢٥/٢) ‫ ﺃﲪﺪ‬، (٥٠١٧) ‫ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‬، (٦٥٨٩) ‫( ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ‬3)
. ‫( ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‬4)
. ١٢١ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺔ‬5)
. ٦٤ : ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ‬6)
. ١٠٠ - ٩٩ ، ‫ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ‬: ‫( ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‬7)

٩٦
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺞ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ؛ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ‪ ‬ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺻﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ‪-‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﳍﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪                 ‬‬

‫‪. (١) {       ‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻛﹾﺖ‪ ‬ﻓِﻴﻜﹸﻢ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻦِ ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻀِﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ‬

‫ﲤﹶﺴ‪‬ﻜﹾﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑِﻬِﻤﺎ ‪ :‬ﻛِﺘﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﻭ‪‬ﺳﻨﺔﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟِﻪ { )‪. (٣) (٢‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﰒ ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪ ‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷَﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪  ‬ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﹶﺭﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﹸﻢ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ -‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷَﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻭﺻﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎ ؛ ﰒﱠ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﹸﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﻀ‪‬ﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ } ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﻢ‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٦ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ )‪. (١٦٦١‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ " ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﱐ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺍﳌﺸﻜﺎﺓ " ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩٧‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺑِﺴ‪‬ﻨﱵ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨﺔِ ﺍﳋﻠﹶﻔﹶﺎﺀِ ﺍﳌﻬ‪‬ﺪِﻳ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ ؛ ﺗ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴﻜﹸﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻀﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺍﺟِﺬِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﻳﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣ‪‬ﻮﺭِ ؛ ﻓﺈِﻥ ﻛﹸﻞﹼ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﹶﺔ ﺑِﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹸﻞ ﺑِﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺔٍ ﺿ‪‬ﻼﹶﻟﺔ { )‪. (٢) (١‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈِﻥ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻉ ؛ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫‪            ‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٣) {       ‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺎﺭ‪‬ﺽ‪ ‬ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ؛ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱٍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺫﻭﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺷﻴﺦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫} ‪                         ‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬

‫‪. (٤) {  ‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﻪ ‪ ‬ﻛﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫‪                                ‬‬ ‫}‬

‫‪. (٥) {  ‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺑ‪‬ﲔ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻋﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺰﻳﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹِﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻭﻻ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ ، (٤٦٠٧‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪. (٩٥‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٩ :‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣ :‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١ :‬‬

‫‪٩٨‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺇِﺷﻜﺎﻝ ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺘﻘﺒﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﺎ ﲢﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﰲ ﻛﻞﱢ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﺧﱪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻜﺲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻠﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ؛ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ‪ :‬ﺇِﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ‪ -‬ﻭﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻐﲎ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ‪ -‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺳ‪‬ﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻤﺴﺎﻛﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﳍﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪. ‬‬
‫‪          ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (١) {               ‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺄﹶﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﲟﺎ ﺃﹶﲨﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺇِﻥ ﺍﷲَ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﻣﱵ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻰ ﺿ‪‬ﻼﹶﻟﹶﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ‬

‫ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﺬﱠ ﺷ‪‬ﺬﱠ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ { )‪. (٣) (٢‬‬

‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﺼﻮﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﹶﻥ ﲡﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻤﺔﹶ ﻷَﺣﺪ ﻏﲑ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺧﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺼﺒﻮﻥ ﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺃﹶﺣﺪٍ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻬﺪ ﳜﻄﺊ ﻭﻳﺼﻴﺐ ؛ ﻓﺈِﻥ ﺃﹶﺻﺎﺏ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺃﹶﺟﺮﺍﻥ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺟﺮ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﺟﺮ ﺍﻹِﺻﺎﺑﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﹶﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺃﹶﺟﺮ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ؛ ﻓﺎﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻭﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﺟﺮ ﺑﻞ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺐ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺍﱄ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺑﻌﺾ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻮﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺪ ﲟﺬﻫﺐ ﻓﻘﻴﻪ ﻣ‪‬ﻌﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺄﺳﺎ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٠ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ )‪. (٢١٦٧‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻯ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٩٩‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﺍ )‪ (١‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱄ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺃﹶﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺩﻟﹶﺔ ﺍﻷَﺋﹶﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ‪‬ﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺇِﻣﺎﻡ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺇِﱃ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺇِﻣﺎﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻯ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻭﺃﹶﺭﺟﺢ ﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻷَﺧﺬ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻪ ؛ ﻷَﻧﻪ‪ ‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻠﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺒﺬﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﺮﺟﺢ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈِﻥﹾ‬
‫ﱂ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣ‪‬ﻲ ؛ ﻓﻴﺴﺄﻝﹸ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﳛﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻼ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻪ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻔﺘﻴﻪ ؛‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٢) {       ‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ )ﺍﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻒِ ﰲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪ ‬ﺣﺠﺔ ﰲ ﺫﺍﺗﻪ( ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﺪﻟﻴﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺣ‪‬ﺠﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳌﻘﻠﺪ ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻠﺪ ﺷﺨﺼﺎ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﳊﻖ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺪﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﻠﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺎﱂ ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺫﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻭ‪‬ﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﺫﹶﺍ ﻗِﻴﻞﹶ ﻟﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺎﻟﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍ ﺇِﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﻝﹶ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝِ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪِ ﺁﺑ‪‬ﺎﺀَﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺎﻥﹶ ﺁﺑ‪‬ﺎﺅ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ . ١٠٤‬ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﺃﹶﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﱃ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﱂ ﻧﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ‪ -‬ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ -‬ﻳﻘﻠﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪ -‬ﺭﲪﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﱂ ﻳﺘﻌﺼﺒﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻵﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﺁﺭﺍﺀﻫﻢ ﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ - -‬ﻭﻳﻨﻬﻮﻥ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﺩﻟﺘﻬﻢ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪) :‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺻﺢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﺬﻫﱯ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﻻ ﳛﻞ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎﻩ( ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪) :‬ﺇِﳕﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺃﺧﻄﺊ ﻭﺃﺻﻴﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺭﺃﻳﻲ؛ ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﺨﺬﻭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﺎﺗﺮﻛﻮﻩ( ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪) :‬ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺻﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﱪ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﲞﻼﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ؛ ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﰐ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﰐ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪) :‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻠﺪﱐ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻠﺪ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻋﻲ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ( ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻔﻘﻬﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ :‬ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒِﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻧ‪‬ﺰِﻝﹶ ﺇِﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ‪‬‬
‫ﺭ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒِﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻭﻧِﻪِ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﻟِﻴ‪‬ﺎﺀَ ﻗﹶﻠِﻴﻼ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺬﹶﻛﱠﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ٣ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٤٣ :‬‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺇِﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎ ؛ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺃﹶﻭ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪِ ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ‪ ‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﻔﻘﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٠١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻻﺓ ﺃﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻻﺓ ﺃﹸﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﲟﻌﺼﻴﺔ ؛ ﻓﺈِﺫﺍ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ‬
‫ﲟﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﻼ ﲡﻮﺯ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﰲ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻼ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪                          ‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪                             ‬‬

‫‪. (١) {    ‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﲏ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﹶﺎﻉ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬
‫ﻋ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺎﻧِﻲ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻄﻊِ ﺍﻷَﻣﲑِ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻃﺎﻋ‪‬ﲏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺺِ ﺍﻷﻣﲑ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﺪ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪ } :‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻃِﻴ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻥ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻤِﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺸِﻲ ﻛﺄﻥﹶ‬ ‫)‪(٣) (٢‬‬
‫ﻋ‪‬ﺼﺎﱐ {‬

‫ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹾﺳ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺯ‪‬ﺑِﻴﺒ‪‬ﺔ { )‪. (٥) (٤‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪ } :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻄِﻴﻊ‪ ‬ﻟﻸَﻣِﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﻥﹾ ﺿ‪‬ﺮِﺏ‪ ‬ﻇﹶﻬ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃﺧِﺬﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﻟﹸﻚ ؛ ﻓﹶﺎﲰ‪‬ﻊ‪‬‬

‫ﻭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻃِﻊ { )‪. (١) (٦‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٥٩ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ )‪ ، (٢٧٩٧‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ )‪ ، (١٨٣٥‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺫﺓ )‪ ، (٥٥١٠‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ‬
‫)‪ ، (٢٨٥٩‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٨٧/٢‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ )‪ ، (٦٧٢٣‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ )‪ ، (٢٨٦٠‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١١٤/٣‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ )‪ ، (١٨٤٧‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺣﻢ )‪. (٤٢٤٤‬‬

‫‪١٠٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﹶﺮِﻩ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ ﺃﹶﻣﲑﻩِ ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﺎ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﱪ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈِﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴﺲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ ﻣِﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺝ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﹾﻄﺎﻥِ ﺷِﺒ‪‬ﺮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪ ؛ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻣِﻴﺘ‪‬ﺔ ﺟ‪‬ﺎﻫِﻠﻴﺔ { )‪. (٣) (٢‬‬
‫ﻓﹶﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺇِﻥ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﹸﻭﱄ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﹶﺻﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝِ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺩﺭﺟﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﺋﻤ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﰲ ﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﳜﻠﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺇِﻻ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺷﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞﱢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ؛ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﺃﹶﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻀﺒﺎﻁ ﰲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﳉﹸﻤ‪‬ﻊ ﻭﺍﻷَﻋﻴﺎﺩ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻷُﻣﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻻﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﳊﺞ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﺑﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻭ ﻓﺠﺎﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ )‪ (٤‬ﳍﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺻﺤﺘﻬﻢ )‪ (٥‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻫﻢ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺤﺮﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺒﻮﺍ‬
‫ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﱪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷَﻣﺮﻩ ‪ ‬ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﳛﺼﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﺗﻠﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺭﺍﺩ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺍﳘﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ )‪ ، (٦٦٤٥‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ )‪ ، (١٨٤٩‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٣١٠/١‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﲑ )‪. (٢٥١٩‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺍﳘﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻟﻮﻻﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪) :‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﱄ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣِﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺪﻋﻮ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻭﱂ ﻧﺆﻣﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺪﻋﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺟﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻭﻇﻠﻤﻮﺍ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻇﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﺻﻼﺣﻬﻢ ﻷﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﲔ( ‪ .‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﰲ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺣﻬﻢ ﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪) :‬ﺍﻋﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻋﺎﻓﺎﻙ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﺟﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ ﻧﻘﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻢ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺗﻼﻗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻮﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺘﻘﻰ ﻭﺗ‪‬ﺴﺘ‪‬ﺪﻓﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻗﻼﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻣﱴ ﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻗﻄﻊ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ‪ :‬ﲰﻊ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ‪-‬‬
‫ﺭﲪﻚ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺇﻧﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ ﺃﻭﺗﻴﺘ‪‬ﻢ ‪) ،‬ﺇﳕﺎ ﳔﺎﻑ ﺇِﻥ ﻋ‪‬ﺰﻝﹶ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺝ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﳋﻨﺎﺯﻳﺮ( "‬
‫ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ " ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪. ١١٩‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪) :‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ؛ ﻓﻤﻌﺎﻭﻧﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﺬﻛﲑﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻭﻟﻄﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﲟﺎ ﻏﻔﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ( ‪ .‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴـﻠﻢ ‪ :‬ﺝ ‪ ، ٢‬ﺹ‪. ٢٤١‬‬

‫‪١٠٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺧِﻴﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺋﻤﺘِﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬِﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺤِﺒﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺤِﺒﻮﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬِﻢ‪ . . ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷِﺮﺍﺭ‪ ‬ﺃﺋﻤﺘﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬِﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐﻀ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻞ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﹶﻓﻼ ﻧ‪‬ﻨﺎﺑِﺬﹸﻫ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻒ ؟‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐِﻀ‪‬ﻮﻧﻜﹸﻢ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹾﻌ‪‬ﻨﻮﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﻌ‪‬ﻨﻮﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪{ ‬‬

‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝﹶ ‪ } :‬ﻻ ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻗﹶﺎﻣ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓﹶ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﺫﹶﺍ ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻳﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﻭﻻﺗِﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺌﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹾﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻓﹶﺎﻛﹾﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮﺍ‬

‫ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﱰﻋ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﻣِﻦ ﻃﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ { )‪. (٣) (٢‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﺇﻧﻪ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺮﺍﺀُ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮﻓﻮﻥﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺗﻨﻜِﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥ ؛ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ ﻛﹶﺮِﻩ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮﺉ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻧﻜﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﻢ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜِﻦ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﺿِﻲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ { )‪ . (٤‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ! ﺃﹶﻻ ﻧ‪‬ﻘﺎﺗﻠﻬﻢ ؟‬

‫ﺃﹶﻣﺎ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﻼ ﳚﻮﺯ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻼ ﲟﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ‬ ‫)‪(٦) (٥‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝﹶ ‪ } :‬ﻻ ؛ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺻﻠﻮﺍ {‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ )‪ ، (١٨٥٥‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٢٨/٦‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ )‪. (٢٧٩٧‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ )‪ ، (١٨٥٥‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٢٤/٦‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ )‪. (٢٧٩٧‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺍﳘﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ )‪ ، (١٨٥٤‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ )‪ ، (٢٢٦٥‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ ، (٤٧٦٠‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٠٢/٦‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ )‪ ، (١٨٥٤‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ )‪ ، (٢٢٦٥‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ ، (٤٧٦٠‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٠٢/٦‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﱄ ﺍﳋﻼﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺭﺿﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻏﻠﺒﻬﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﻔﻪ ﺣﱴ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺒﺖ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺮﻡ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ‪) :‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻏﹶﻠﺐ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ -‬ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺓﹶ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﺣﱴ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲰﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻣﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ؛ ﻓﻼ ﳛﻞ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ‪ ‬ﺇﻣﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺎﺟﺮﺍ( ‪ " .‬ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ " ‪ ،‬ﻷﰊ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ‪ :‬ﺹ‪ . ٢٣‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ‪) :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﲨﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘ‪‬ﻐﻠﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ؛ ﳌﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻦِ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻜﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﳘﺎﺀ( ﺝ‬
‫‪ ، ١٣‬ﺹ‪ . ٩‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪) :‬ﻭﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇِﻣﺎﻡ ﺫﻱ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ؛ ﺇِﻻ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﳑﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﲑ( ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺝ ‪ ٢‬ﺹ‪ . ٢٤١‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻄﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺷﺮﻉ ﺍﷲ ﻭﱂ‬
‫ﳛﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﻐﲑﻩ؛ ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻓﻼ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﳍﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ؛ ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﺿﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺼﺒﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺤﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﱄ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺬﹶﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺮﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻧﺸﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﲢﺼﲔ ﺍﻟﺜﻐﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺍﱄ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ؛ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﱂ ﳛﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﱂ ﻳﻘﻢ ﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ؛‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺯﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻭﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ‪ -‬ﻣﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﰲ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ -‬ﺧﻠﻌﻪ ﻭﻧﺼﺐ ﺃﺧﺮ ﳑﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻣﺔ؛ ﻓﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯﻭﻥ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ‬

‫‪١٠٤‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔﹸ‬
‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﳌﺮ‪‬ﺀِ ﺍﳌﺴ‪‬ﻠِﻢِ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ ﻭ‪‬ﻛﹶﺮِﻩ‪ ، ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺑِﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺼِﻴ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈِﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﻣِﺮ‪ ‬ﺑِﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺼِﻴ‪‬ﺔٍ ﻓﹶﻼﹶ ﲰ‪‬ﻊ ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ‬
‫)‪(٤) (٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻻ ﻃﺎﹶﻋ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﰲ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺼِﻴ‪‬ﺔِ ﺍﷲِ ﺇِﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔﹸ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌ‪‬ﺮﻭﻑ {‬ ‫)‪(٢) (١‬‬
‫ﻃﹶﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ {‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﳕﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺟﲑ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺘﺄﺟﺮﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺷﺮﻳﻌﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺹ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﻳﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻮﻣﺔ ﻻﺋﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻣﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻣﺎﺋﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺮﺍﺿﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺼﺎﳊﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺄ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻢ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻀﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻋِﻴﻪِ ﺍﷲُ ﺭ‪‬ﻋﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻏﹶﺎﺵ ﻟِﺮ‪‬ﻋﻴﺘِﻪ ؛ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﺣﺮﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴﻪِ ﺍﳉﹶﻨ‪‬ﺔ { )‪. (٦) (٥‬‬

‫ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺴﻮﻕ‪ -‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺗﻀﻴﻴﻌﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ‪ -‬ﻓﻴﻘﺼﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻜﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﷲ؛‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺇﻣﺎﺭﺓ ﻻ ﲢﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺇﻣﺎﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭ)ﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻗﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻣﺎﺭﺓ ﺑ‪‬ﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇِﻣﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﺎﺟﺮﺓ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﹶﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ " ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ؛ ﻣﻦ ﺇِﻣﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺎﺟﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﱪﺓ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺟﺮﺓ ؟ ! ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻳ‪‬ﺆﻣﻦ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺒ‪‬ﻞ ﻭﺗ‪‬ﻘﺎﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺠﺎﻫﺪ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻘﺴﻢ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻲﺀ( " ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻻﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺝ ﺍ ﺹ‪. ١٤٦‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ )‪ ، (٦٧٢٥‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ )‪ ، (١٨٣٩‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ )‪ ، (١٧٠٧‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ‬
‫)‪ ، (٢٦٢٦‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ )‪ ، (٢٨٦٤‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٤٢/٢‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩ )‪ ، (٦٨٣٠‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺓ )‪ ، (١٨٤٠‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ )‪ ، (٤٢٠٥‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ‬
‫)‪ ، (٢٦٢٥‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٨٢/١‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ )‪ ، (٦٧٣٢‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (١٤٢‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٢٧/٥‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ )‪. (٢٧٩٦‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٠٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﳋﻼﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ؛ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣ‪‬ـﺐ ﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﲡﺎﻫﻬﻢ ؛ ﻷَ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇِﳝﺎﻧﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺣﺴﺎﻧﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻋﻈﻤﻬﻢ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺩﺍ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺻﻄﻔﺎﻫﻢ ﻟﺼﺤﺒﺔ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﺎﺯﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﳑﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻌﺔ ؛ ﺃﹶﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺷﺮﺗﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻋ‪‬ﺪﻭﻝﹲ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﳍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﹶﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀُ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﺻﻔﻴﺎﺅﻩ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺧﲑﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﹶﻓﻀﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺒﻴﻬﺎ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫‪       ‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬
‫‪               ‬‬

‫‪. (١) {   ‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠٠ :‬‬

‫‪١٠٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺎﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﹶﺻﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﺩﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺇﳝﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻐﻀﻬﻢ ﻛﻔﺮ‪ ‬ﻭﻧﻔﺎﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭ‪‬ﻢ ﺇِﻻ ﲞﲑ ؛ ﻷَﻥ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺃﹶﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﹶﻭﺻﻰ ﲝﺒﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺍﷲَ ﺍﷲَ ﰲ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﰊ‬
‫ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺘﺨﺬﹸﻭﻫ‪‬ﻢ ﻏﹶﺮ‪‬ﺿﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪِﻱ ؛ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣﺒﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﻓﹶﺒِﺤﱯ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺒﻬ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃ‪‬ﺑﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺒِﺒ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀِﻲ ﺃﺑ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺫﺍﻫ‪‬ﻢ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺁﺫﹶﺍﻧِﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺫﹶﺍﻧِﻲ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺁﺫﹶﻯ ﺍﷲَ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺁﺫﹶﻯ ﺍﷲَ ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺷِﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺭﺃﹶﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫)‪(٢) (١‬‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﺄﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶﻩ {‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ؛ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻳﻊ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ؛ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺿﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻭﺃﹶﺭﺑﻌﻤﺎﺋﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ ﺑﺎﹶﻳﻊ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ { )‪. (٤) (٣‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻮﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ ؛ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻔﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺷﺠﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﹶﺟﺮﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﳐﻄﺌﺎ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺃﹶﺟﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻄﺆﻩ ﻣﻐﻔﻮﺭ ﻟﻪ ﺇِﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺐ )‪ ، (٣٨٦٢‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٨٧/٤‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ)ﺣ‪‬ﺐ ﺃﰊ ﺑﻜﺮٍ ﻭﻋﻤﺮ‪ ، ‬ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﹸ ﻓﻀﻠِﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪) :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﻢ ﺣﺐ ﺃﰊ ﺑﻜﺮٍ ﻭﻋﻤﺮ؛ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ( ‪ .‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺐ )‪ ، (٣٨٦٠‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ ، (٤٦٥٣‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٥٠/٣‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﲨﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﱂ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳌﺎ ﻫﺎﺟﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻋﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻑ ﻓﻠﻢ ﳛﻀﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺋﺔ؛ ﺑﻞ ﱂ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻮﺍ ﺛﻼﺛﲔ ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ " ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺳﲑﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ‬
‫ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻒ " ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﰲ ﺗﺎﺭﳜﻪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ " ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٠٧‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺒﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ؛ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭ‪‬ﻢ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻘﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫} ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺴﺒﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑِﻲ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺴﺒﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺑِﻲ ؛ ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍﻟﺬِﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻲ ﺑِﻴ‪‬ﺪِﻩِ ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻔﹶﻖ‪ ‬ﻣِﺜﹾﻞﹶ‬

‫ﺃﺣ‪‬ﺪ ﺫﹶﻫ‪‬ﺒﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﺣ‪‬ﺪِﻫِﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻧ‪‬ﺼِﻴﻔﹶﻪ { )‪. (٢) (١‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺼﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﰲ ﲨﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻓﺮﺍﺩﻫﻢ ﻓﻐﲑ ﻣﻌﺼﻮﻣﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﻤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﳌﻦ ﻳﺼﻄﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺣﻔﻆ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ؛ ﻻ ﺍﻷَﻓﺮﺍﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺇِﻥﹶ ﺍﷲ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺘِﻲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺿ‪‬ﻼﹶﻟﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﷲِ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋ‪‬ﺔ { )‪. (٤) (٣‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷَﺭﺑﻌﺔ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﺎ ‪ -‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪ -‬ﻫﻢ ﺧﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻬﺎ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﺒﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﳉﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﻼﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺧﻼﻓﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ } :‬ﺍﳋﻼﹶﻓﺔ ﰲ‬

‫ﺃﻣﺘِﻲ ﺛﹶﻼﺛﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﺳﻨﺔ ؛ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻠﻚ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺫﹶﻟِﻚ‪. (١) (٥) { ‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺐ )‪ ، (٣٤٧٠‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ )‪ ، (٢٥٤١‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺐ )‪ ، (٣٨٦١‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫)‪ ، (٤٦٥٨‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪ ، (١٦١‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٥٥/٣‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ‪ ‬ﺑﲔ ﻋ‪‬ﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﻼﻡ؛ ﻓﺸﺘﻢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ)ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﹶﺤﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﻗﻄﻊ ﻟﺴﺎﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻻ ﳚﺘﺮﺉ‪ ‬ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ‪‬ﻩ ﻓﻴﺸﺘﻢ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ( ‪ .‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ )‪. (٢١٦٧‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ )‪ ، (٢٢٢٦‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٢٢١/٥‬‬

‫‪١٠٨‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻳﻔﻀﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﳉﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﲰﺎﻫﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻢ ‪ :‬ﻃﻠﺤﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺑﲑ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻭﻗﺎﺹ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻌﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻮﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺡ ﺃﹶﻣﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷُﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﹶﲨﻌﲔ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺑﺪﺭ ‪ ،‬ﰒﱠ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﰒﱠ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ؛ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﹶﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﺩﻋﺎ ﳍﻢ ﻭﺭﻋﻰ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﺮﻑ ﻓﻀﻠﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺑﻐﻀﻬﻢ ﻭﺳﺒﻬﻢ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﺎﻟﻜﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﳛﺒﻮﻥﹶ ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹶ ﺑﻴﺖِ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ؛ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺃﺫﹶﻛﱢﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ ﰲ‬

‫ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞِ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘِﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺃﺫﹶﻛﱢﺮ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ ﺍﷲَ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞِ ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘِﻲ { )‪ (٣) (٢‬ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪ } :‬ﺇِﻥ ﺍﷲَ ﺍﺻ‪‬ﻄﹶﻔﻰ ﺑ‪‬ﻨِﻲ ﺇِﲰ‪‬ﺎﻋِﻴﻞ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺻ‪‬ﻄﹶﻔﻰ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﲏ ﺇِﺳ‪‬ﻤﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺻﻄﹶﻔﻰ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﻨﺎﻧ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻗﹸﺮﻳ‪‬ﺸﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺻ‪‬ﻄﹶﻔﻰ ﻣﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹸﺮﻳ‪‬ﺶٍ ﺑﲏ‬
‫ﻫ‪‬ﺎﺷِﻢ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺻ‪‬ﻄﹶﻔﺎﱐ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﲏ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ { )‪. (٥) . (٤‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﺃﹶﺯﻭﺍﺟﻪ‪ -‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬ‪‬ﻦ‪ -‬ﻭﻫﻦ ﺃﹸﻣﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺑﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫‪            ‬‬ ‫}‬
‫‪              ‬‬

‫‪             ‬‬

‫‪. (٦) {       ‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ )‪ ، (٢٤٠٨‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٣٦٧/٤‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ )‪. (٣٣١٦‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺍﳘﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ )‪ ، (٢٢٧٦‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺐ )‪ ، (٣٦٠٥‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٠٧/٤‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺭﻭﺍﳘﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻻ ﳓﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﳓﻦ ﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﻭﻧﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻼﺓ! ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٣٣ - ٣٢ ،‬‬

‫‪١٠٩‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻦ ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﳚﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺧﻮﻳﻠﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺃﹶﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻔﺼﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﻡ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺃﹶﰊ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﻡ ﺳﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺃﹶﰊ ﺃﹸﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﲑﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻌﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻗﻴﺲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﻨﺐ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺟﺤﺶ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻴﻤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺙ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺙ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺃﹶﰊ ﺿﺮﺍﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺣﻴﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﹶﺧﻄﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻣﻄﻬﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﱪﺁﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﱢ ﺳﻮﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻦ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ؛‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻦ ﺃﹶﲨﻌﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻓﻀﻠﻬﻦ ﺧﺪﳚﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺧﻮﻳﻠﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﻨﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑ‪‬ﺮﺃﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ؛ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻗﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﲟﺎ ﺑﺮﺃﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻔﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻋﺎﺋِﺸ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀِ ﻛﹶﻔﹶﻀ‪‬ﻞِ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺮﻳﺪِ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﺎﺋِﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ { )‪. (٢) (١‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ )‪ ، (٣٢٣٠‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ )‪ ، (٢٤٣١‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻷﻃﻌﻤﺔ )‪، (١٨٣٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ )‪ ، (٣٩٤٧‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﻃﻌﻤﺔ )‪ ، (٣٢٨٠‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٩٤/٤‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐِﻀ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻷَﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ؛ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﹶ‪‬ﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐِﻀ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻷَﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ؛ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺒ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﺤ‪‬ﺒﻮ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﺎﻟﺴﻮ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﺎﺩﻟﻮ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﺎﻇﺮﻭ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺻﻮﻥ ﺁﺫﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻦ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺃﹶﺑﺎﻃﻴﻠﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﳍﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺷﺮﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺬﻳﺮ ﺍ ﻷُﻣ‪‬ﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻔﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﻧ‪ ‬ﱯ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺜﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺔٍ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺇِ ﻟﹶﺎ ﻛﺎﻥﹶ ﻟﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺃ ﻣ‪‬ﺘﻪِ ﺣ‪‬ﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﺧ‪‬ﺬﹸﻭﻥﹶ ﺑِﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘِﻪِ ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹾﺘﺪ‪‬ﻭ ﻥﹶ ﺑِﺄﻣ‪ ‬ﺮِﻩ ؛ ﺛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺇِ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺗ‪‬ﺨﻠﻒ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺪِﻫﻢ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻑ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﻮﻥﹶ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﹾﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪ ‬ﻔﹾﻌ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥ ؛ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬
‫ﺟ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺑِﻴ‪‬ﺪِﻩِ ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺆﻣِﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ ﺑِﻠِﺴﺎﻧِﻪ ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪ ‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣِﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫)‪(٢) ( ١‬‬
‫ﺑِﻘﹶﻠﹾﺒِﻪِ ﻓﹶ ﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪ ‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭﺍﺀَ ﺫﹶ ﻟِﻚ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ ﺍ ﻹِﳝﺎﻥِ ﺣ‪‬ﺒﺔﹸ ﺧ‪ ‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺩ‪‬ﻝ {‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﺳ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﰲ ﺁ ﺧِ ﺮِ ﺃﻣﱵ ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪﺛﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻧﺘ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﻻ‬

‫)‪. (٤‬‬ ‫)‪(٣‬‬

‫ﺁﺑﺎﺅ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈِﻳﺎ ﻛﹸﻢ ﻭ‪ ‬ﺇِﻳﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻢ {‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٥٠‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٤٥٨/١‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪ ، (٦‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٤٩/٢‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﺮ‪‬ﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺄﹶ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺪِﺙﹶ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷَﻫﻮﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺑﺘ‪‬ﺪﻉ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﹶﻣﺮٍ ﱂ ﻳﺄﺕِ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺷ‪‬ﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹸﺣ‪‬ﺪِﺙﹶ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻀﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺑﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌ‪‬ﺒﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﹶﺮﺏ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻫﺪﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﺿﻼﹶﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ؛ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺮﻙ ﻭﻛﻔﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﻉ ﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﳍﺎ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺻﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞﱡ ﺫﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﰲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﳚﺐ ﺳﺪﻫﺎ ؛‬
‫‪      ‬‬ ‫ﻷَﻥ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (١) {     ‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻣﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹶ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮِﻧﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﺬﹶﺍ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﻣِﻨ‪‬ﻪ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪(٥) (٤‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤِﻞﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻼ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻪِ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﺎ ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺩ {‬ ‫)‪(٣) (٢‬‬
‫ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺩ {‬

‫} ﻓﺈِﻥ ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﹶﺪِﻳﺚِ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﷲِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﳍﹶﺪﻱ ﻫ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻷﻣ‪‬ﻮﺭِ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﺎﺗ‪‬ﻬﺎ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﹸﻞ ﺑِﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺔ ﺿ‪‬ﻼﻟﺔ { )‪. (١) (٦‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺢ )‪ ، (٢٥٥٠‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﻀﻴﺔ )‪ ، (١٧١٨‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ ، (٤٦٠٦‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪، (١٤‬‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٢٥٦/٦‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺢ )‪ ، (٢٥٥٠‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﻀﻴﺔ )‪ ، (١٧١٨‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ ، (٤٦٠٦‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪، (١٤‬‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٤٦/٦‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺭﻭﺍﳘﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ )‪ ، (٨٦٧‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺪﻳﻦ )‪ ، (١٥٧٨‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪ ، (٤٥‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪، (٣٧١/٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ )‪. (٢٠٦‬‬

‫‪١١٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ؛ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﺒﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺋﺮ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺮِﻙ‪ ‬ﰲ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻟﺔ ؛ ﻓﺎﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﰲ ﺫﺍ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﰲ ﺣﻜﻤﻬﺎ ؛‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺣﻜﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻛﻔﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﺴﻖ ؛ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﺈِﻥ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻄﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﺣﻜﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺇِﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺑﺪﻋﺘﻪ ؛ ﻓﺎﳉﺎﻫﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺄﻭﻝ ﻟﻴﺴﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻬﺪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﺒﺪﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺒﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻬﻮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺘﺮ ﺑﺒﺪﻋﺘﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻈﻬﺮ ﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻷَﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﺿﺮﺭﻩ ﺇِﱃ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻛﻔﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻼﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻟﻪ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻗﺒﺘﻪ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺮﺩﻋﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ؛ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺪﻋﺘﻪ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻳﻘﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﺎ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﲪﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻘﻠﱢﺪﻳﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺎﳍﺪﺍﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﳍﻢ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﻴ‪‬ﻨﻮﻥﹶ ﳍﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻜﻤﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻠﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﺍﺋﺮﻫﻢ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻜﻔﺮﺓ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺍﳘﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺆﺩﻯ ﺇِﻻ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻮﻝ‪ - -‬ﻓﺘﺼﺪﻯ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻭﻗﺎﺗﻠﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﻀﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺤﻞ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻷﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﻳﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻣﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﻓﺄﻣﺎ‪‬ﺎﻭﰲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺑﺪﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﲟﻘﺘﻠﻬﻮﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻨﺔ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺝ ﺇِﱃ ﻳﻮﻣﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰒ ﺗﻮﺍﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ؛ ﻓﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺟﺌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻀﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎﺩﻗﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻜﺮﻭ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ‪ . .‬ﺇِﱃ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺎﳌﺮﺻﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻉ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﺎ ﺇِﱃ ﻳﻮﻣﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻳﻜﺸﻔﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺜﺎﻡ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻮﻝٍ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻌﻞ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻷَﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻷَﻫﻞ ﺍﻷَﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹶﺧﱪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﱪ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﰲ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮﺍ ﻟﻸﻣﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﻣﺴﻠﻜﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻬﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬﻞ ﲟﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻝ ﻭﺍﳋﺼﻮﻣﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻬﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﻮﺽ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻠﻮ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻠﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻷﻟﻘﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻐﺾ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻷَﺛﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺩﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﳊﻤﻠﺔ ﺃﹶﺧﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﻔﺎﻑ ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻔﲑ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻃﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﺃﹶﺭﺑﻌﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻓﺾ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺟﺌﺔ ؛ ﰒ ﺗﺸﻌ‪‬ﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ؛‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﲔ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻓِﺮﻗﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺧﱪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻷَﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﺟﻬﻮﺩ ﳏﻤﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻷَﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺎﳌﺮﺻﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻗﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻛﺜﲑﺓﹲ ﺟﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻴﺴﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻥ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪﻉ ؛ ﺇِﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐﺾ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹶ ﺍﳊﹶﺪﻳﺚ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈِﺫﺍ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﻧ‪‬ﺰِﻋ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻼﻭ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﺍﳊﹶﺪﻳﺚِ ﻣﻦ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒِﻪ( )‪. (١‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﰎ ﺍﳊﻨﻈﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﻋ‪‬ﻼﻣﺔﹸ ﺃﹶﻫﻞِ ﺍﻟﺒﺪ‪‬ﻉِ ﺍﻟﻮ‪‬ﻗﻴﻌﺔﹸ ﰲ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻫﻞِ ﺍﻷَﺛﹶﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻼﹶﻣﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎﺩِﻗﹶﺔ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹶ ﺍﻷَﺛﹶﺮِ ﺣ‪‬ﺸﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥﹶ ﺇِﺑ‪‬ﻄﺎﻝﹶ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻼﻣ‪‬ﺔﹸ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺃﻫﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣ‪‬ﺸﺒﻬﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻼﻣ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﻘﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭﻳﺔ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺒِﺮ‪‬ﺓ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻼﻣ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﺌﹶﺔ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣ‪‬ﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﻘﺼﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻼﻣ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻓﻀ‪‬ﺔ ﺗ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻤِﻴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬِﻢ ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹶ‬

‫)‪ " (1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١٤‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻧﺎﺻِﺒ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﹾﺤﻖ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﻢ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺣِﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺤِﻴﻞﹸ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﻩِ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﺳ‪‬ﻤﺎﺀ )‪. (١‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻺِﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻗﺘﻴﻠﺔ ﲟﻜﺔ ﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻗﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺳﻮﺀ! ﻓﻘﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﻔﺾ ﺛﻮﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪) :‬ﺯﻧ‪‬ﺪﻳﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧ‪‬ﺪﻳﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧ‪‬ﺪﻳﻖ ؛ ﺣﱴ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺖ( )‪. (٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞﱢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﻢ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﲑﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﻓﱠﻘﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺷﺮﺡ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﶈﺒﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺒﺔ ﺃﹶﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺣﺐ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺍﳌﹶﺮ‪‬ﺀُ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ { )‪. (٤) (٣‬‬

‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﹶﺣﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‪ -‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ‪-‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﳍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻫـﻞ ﺍﳊـﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷُﻭﱃ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺒﻌﻬﻢ ﺇِﱃ ﻳﻮﻣﻨﺎ ﻫـﺬﺍ ؛ ﻓـﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﹶﻧـﻪ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪. (٥‬‬

‫)‪ " (1‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺮﺍﺯﻱ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ " (2‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﰊ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﱪ‪‬ﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ )‪ ، (٥٨١٦‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ )‪ ، (٢٦٤١‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٤٠٥/٤‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻻ ﲡﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺗﺪ ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﱂ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻪ؛ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﱂ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﺗﻘﺒﻴﺤﺎ ﻟﺒﺪﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﺗﻨﻔﲑﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﺻﺤﺖ ‪ .‬ﺣﻜﻢ ﺗﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺣﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﹸﻔﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﺒﺪﻋﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ؛ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﲡﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺣﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﳎﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﺻﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻠﺒﺴﺎ ﺑﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ؛ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﺮﻉ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﳌﻦ ﻳﻘﺘﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺯﺟﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﲢﺬﻳﺮﺍ ﳍﻢ ﻣﻦ‬

‫‪١١٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻣِﻦ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺃﺋﻤ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻣِﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉِ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﻣﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ‪) ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺄﺗِﻲ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﺎﺩﻟﻮﻧﻜﹸﻢ ﺑﺸ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ؛‬
‫ﺧ‪‬ﺬﻭﻫ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﻦِ ؛ ﻓﺈِﻥ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻦِ ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻠﻢ‪ ‬ﺑﻜﺘِﺎﺏ ﺍﷲِ( )‪. (١‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ؛ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳌﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺭ ‪) :‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻟﹶﻘﻴﺖ‪ ‬ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ؛‬
‫ﻓﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﻴِﺮ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤﺮ‪ ‬ﻣِﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﺑ‪‬ﺮﻱﺀٌ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫ‪‬ﻢ ﻣِﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺑ‪‬ﺮﺁﺀ ؛ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ( )‪. (٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ‪) :‬ﻻ ﲡﹸﺎﻟﺲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹶ ﺍﻷَﻫﻮﺍﺀ ؛ ﻓﺈِﻥ ﻣ‪‬ﺠﺎﻟﹶﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ‬
‫ﳑﺮﺿ‪‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﹶﻠﹾﺐ( )‪. (٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﺻﺎﺣﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﺪﻋ‪‬ﺔ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺄﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨِﻚ‪ ، ‬ﻭﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺎﻭﺭﻩ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮِﻙ‪ ، ‬ﻭﻻﹶ ﲡﻠﺲ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻠﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﺇِﱃ ﺻﺎﺣِﺐِ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﺭﺛﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻰ( ﻳﻌﲏ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ )‪. (٤‬‬
‫* ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﺃﹶﰉ ﺍﷲُ ﺗﺒ‪‬ﺎﺭﻙ‪ ‬ﻭﺗ‪‬ﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳﺄﺫﹶﻥﹶ‬
‫ﻟِﺼ‪‬ﺎﺣِﺐ ﻫ‪‬ﻮﻯ ﺑﺘ‪‬ﻮﺑﺔ )‪. (٥‬‬
‫* ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹾ ﻟِﺼ‪‬ﺎ ِﺣﺐِ ﺑِﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻋِﻨ‪‬ﺪﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺪﺍ ؛ ﻓﹶﻴ‪‬ﺤﺒﻪ ﻗﹶﻠﹾﺒِﻲ( )‪. (٦‬‬
‫* ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﻣﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪) :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﺻﻐﻰ ﺳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺇِﻟﹶﻰ‬
‫ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣﺐ ﺑِﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﻫ‪‬ﻮ ﻳ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧﻪ‪ ‬ﺻﺎ ِﺣﺐ‪ ‬ﺑِﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺔٍ ؛ ﻧ‪‬ﺰِ ‪‬ﻋﺖ‪ ‬ﻣِﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌِﺼ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹸ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭ‪‬ﻛِﻞ ﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﹾﺴِﻪ )‪. (٧‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺑﺪﻋﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﲏ ﲢﺮﱘ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ؛ ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﱂ ﳝﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺼﺮ ﳑﻦ ﳛﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﳋﻠﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺔ ﰲ " ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺔ ﰲ " ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺔ ﰲ " ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺔ ﰲ " ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺭﻭﺍﳘﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻭﺿﺎﺡ ﰲ " ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ " ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫* ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻷَﻭﺯﺍﻋﻲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻤﻜﻨﻮﺍ ﺻﺎﺣِﺐ‪ ‬ﺑِﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺔٍ ﻣﻦ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝٍ ؛‬
‫ﻓﹶﻴﻮﺭﺙﹶ ﻗﹸﻠﻮﺑ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ ﻣﻦ‪ ‬ﻓِﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘِﻪِ ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺗﻴﺎﺑﺎ( )‪. (١‬‬
‫* ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﲑﻳﻦ ‪ -‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﳏﺬﺭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ‪) :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹶ ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞ ﺑِﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺔ " ؛‬
‫ﻓﹶﺮﺍﺟ‪‬ﻊ ﺳ‪‬ﻨﺔ( )‪. (٢‬‬
‫* ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ ﺃﹶﻧﺲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜِﺤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺒِﺪ‪‬ﻉِ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹶﺢ‪ ‬ﺇِﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬِﻢ‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻠﹼﻢ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻬِﻢ( ‪. (٣) .‬‬
‫* ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻧﻪ‪ ‬ﺭﺃﹶﻯ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ؛‬
‫ﻓﺼﺎﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﺇِﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﺠﺎﻭﺭﻭﻧﺎ ﺑِﺨ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻣﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﺎ( )‪. (٤‬‬
‫* ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺇِﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺃﹶﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﺇِﻥ ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹶ ﺍﻟﺒﺪ‪‬ﻉِ ﻭﺍﻷَﻫ‪‬ﻮﺍﺀِ ؛ ﻻﹶ‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐﻲ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌﺎﻥﹶ ﺑِﻬِﻢ ﰲ ﺷ‪‬ﻲﺀ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﻣﻮﺭِ ﺍﳌﹸﺴ‪‬ﻠﻤﻴ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﰲ ﺫﹶﻟِﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻈﹶﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ( )‪. (٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﺍﺣﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺒِﺪ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻠﹶﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞِ ﺍﻟﺒِﺪ‪‬ﻉِ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻨﻚ( )‪. (٦‬‬
‫* ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻬﺪﻯ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﺇِﻧﻪ ﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﺲ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻷَﻫ‪‬ﻮﺍﺀِ‬
‫ﺷ‪‬ﺮ ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤﺎﺏِ ﺟ‪‬ﻬﻢ ؛ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﹸﻮﻟﻮﺍ ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﻴﺲ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻤﺎﺀِ ﺷ‪‬ﻲﺀ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺭﻯ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﷲِ ﺃﹶﻟﱠﺎ‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎﻛﹶﺤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺍﺭﺛﹸﻮﺍ( )‪. (٧‬‬
‫* ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﻗﻼﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺠﺎﻟﺴﻮﺍ ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹶ ﺍﻷَﻫ‪‬ﻮﺍﺀ ؛ ﻓﹶﺈِﻧﻜﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻟﹶﻢ‪‬‬
‫ﺗ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﺒﺴﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺮِﻓﻮﻥ( )‪. (٨‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺍﳘﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻭﺿﺎﺡ ﰲ " ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ " (3‬ﺍﳌﺪﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ " ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ " (4‬ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﶈﺠﺔ " ﻧﺼﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺇِﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺳﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ " (5‬ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺐ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ " ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ " (6‬ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺐ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ " ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ " (7‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (8‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺔ ﰲ " ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ " ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١٧‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫* ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﻳﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺘﻴﺎﱐ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﺇِﻥﹲ ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹶ ﺍﻷَﻫ‪‬ﻮﺍﺀِ ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹸ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﺃﹶﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻣ‪‬ﺼﲑﻫﻢ ﺇِﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ( )‪. (١‬‬
‫* ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﻻ ﺃﺻﻠﻲ ؛ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹾﻒ‪ ‬ﺟ‪‬ﻬﻤﻲ‪ ، ‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺭ‪‬ﺍﻓِﻀِﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﺭﻱ( )‪. (٢‬‬
‫* ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺇِﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺑﻮﱐ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪) :‬ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞِ ﺍﻟﺒﺪ‪‬ﻉِ‬
‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻇﻬﺮ‪ ‬ﺁﻳﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻼﻣﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺷﺪ‪‬ﺓﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﻌﺎﺩﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﳊﻤ‪‬ﻠﺔ ﺃﹶﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ‪- ‬ﺻﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﳍﹸﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ‪‬ﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﺣ‪‬ﺸﻮﻳ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟ‪‬ﻬﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣ‪‬ﺸﺒﻬﺔ ؛ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍ ﻣﻨﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﺃﹶﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﲟﻌﺰﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﻘﻴﻪِ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥﹸ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬِﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞِ ﻋ‪‬ﻘﻮﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺳﺎﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺻ‪‬ﺪﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﹸﻈﻠِﻤ‪‬ﺔ( )‪. (٣‬‬
‫* ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﲔ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ‪ -‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﺣﻜﻢ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍ ﻷَﻫﻮﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪) :‬ﺣ‪‬ﻜﹾﻤﻲ ﰲ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤﺎﺏِ ﺍﻟﻜﹶﻼﻡِ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﻀﺮ‪‬ﺑﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﳉﺮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻹِﺑﻞِ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻄﺎﻑ ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺋﺮِ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﹶﺒﺎﺋﻞِ ؛ ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺟ‪‬ﺰﺍﺀُ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹶ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﹶﻼﻡ )‪. (٤‬‬
‫* ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ ‪) :‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻀﻰ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔﹸ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻮﻥﹶ‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﺗ‪‬ﺒﺎﻋ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻠﻤﺎﺀُ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔِ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻣﻌ‪‬ﺎﺩﺍﺓِ ﺃﹶﻫﻞِ ﺍﻟﺒِﺪ‪‬ﻉِ ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻬﺎﺟ‪‬ﺮ‪ِ‬ﻢ( )‪. (٥‬‬
‫* ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺑﻮﱐ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ‪ " :‬ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ " ﺇِﲨﺎﻉ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻗﻬﺮ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺇﺫﻻﳍﻢ ؛ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ -‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻥ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﺍﳍﻢ ‪) :‬ﻭﻫ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﹸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀِ ؛ ﻛﺎﻧ‪‬ﺖ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ ﺟ‪‬ﻤﻴﻌﻬﻢ ﱂ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺔ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ " ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪) :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ " :‬ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﰊ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺑﻮﱐ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ " (4‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ﻟﻺِﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ " (5‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ﻟﻺِﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١٨‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﻀﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ؛ ﺑﻞ ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﹸﻠﹼﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﻔﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑِﻘﹶﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻫﻞِ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉِ ‪ ،‬ﻭِﺇﺫﹾﻻﻟِﻬِﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺧ‪‬ﺰﺍﺋﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﺑ‪‬ﻌﺎﺩﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻗﹾﺼﺎﺋﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻋ‪‬ﺪ ﻋ‪‬ﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣِﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﺣ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻌﺎﺷﺮ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﲟﺠﺎﻧﺒﺘﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻬﺎﺟﺮ‪‬ﻢ( ‪.‬‬

‫‪١١٩‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ؛ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ‪ :‬ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻳﻨﻬﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ )‪ (١‬ﻭﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺧﲑﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﺔﹲ ‪‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﲑﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻋﻈﻢ ﺷﻌﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻹٍﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﻔﻆ ﲨﺎﻋﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫‪  ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٣) (٢) {          ‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺃﹶﻯ ﻣِﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻜﹶﺮﺍ ﻓﹶﻠﻴ‪‬ﻐ‪‬ﲑﻩ‪ ‬ﺑِﻴ‪‬ﺪﻩ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﹶﺈِﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄِﻊ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺒﻠِﺴ‪‬ﺎﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈِﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻄِﻊ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺒِﻘﹶﻠﹾﺒِﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫﹶﻟِﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺿ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ { )‪. (٥) (٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻋﻈﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪          ‬‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﰲ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻁﹲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ -١ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻫﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ﻋﺎﳌﺎ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻨﻬﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ -٢ .‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺭﺗ‪‬ﻜِﺐ ‪ -٣٠‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ﲟﻨﻜﺮ ‪ -٤ .‬ﻭﺃﻻ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ﺇِﱃ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١١٠ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ١١٠ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٤٩‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ )‪ ، (٢١٧٢‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﻌﻪ )‪ ، (٥٠٠٩‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬
‫)‪ ، (١١٤٠‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ )‪ ، (١٢٧٥‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٠/٣‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٢٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪. (١) {  ‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﱪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﺫﻯ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮِ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻼ‬
‫‪             ‬‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٢) {  ‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :‬ﺣﲔ ﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻷَﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ﻳﻠﺘﺰﻣﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﺻﻼ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺒﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻜﻞﱢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﱪ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﹸﻠﻨﺎ ‪ :‬ﳌﹶﻦ ؟ ﻗﹶﺎﻝﹶ ‪ } :‬ﻟﻠﹼﻪِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟِﻜﺘ‪‬ﺎﺑِﻪِ ‪،‬‬ ‫)‪(٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺼِﻴﺤ‪‬ﺔ {‬

‫ﻭﻟِﺮ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟِﻪِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷَﺋﻤﺔِ ﺍﳌﺴ‪‬ﻠِﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺎﻣﺘِﻬِﻢ { )‪. (٥) (٤‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﳛﺎﻓﻈﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇِﻗﺎﻣﺔﹶ ﺷﻌﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡ ؛ ﻛﺈٍﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺞ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷَﻋﻴﺎﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷُﻣﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﹶﺑﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻓﺠﺎﺭﺍ ؛ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺴﺎﺭﻋﻮﻥ ﺇِﱃ ﺃﹶﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻗﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻭﻝ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻭﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﺇِﻻ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﳋﺸﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻼ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪. (٦) {           } :‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٢٥ :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻘﻤﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٧ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٥٥‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ )‪ ، (٤١٩٧‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ )‪ ، (٤٩٤٤‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٠٢/٤‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٥٥‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ )‪ ، (٤١٩٧‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ )‪ ، (٤٩٤٤‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (١٠٢/٤‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ ‪. ٢ - ١ ،‬‬

‫‪١٢١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﺻﻮﻥ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ؛ ﻷَﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﱯ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻷَﻥ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺑﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﰲ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪ -‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ } -‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﱯ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ؛ ﺣﱴ ﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻔﻄﹶﺮ ﻗﹶﺪ‪‬ﻣﺎﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ‪ :‬ﻟِﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺼﻨﻊ‪ ‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ؛ ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻏﹶﻔﹶﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﻟﻚ‪ ‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻣِﻦ ﺫﻧﺒِﻚ‪ ، ‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﺮ ؛ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ " :‬ﺃﹶﻓﹶﻠﹶﺎ ﺃﺣِﺐ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺃﹶﻛﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺷ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﺭﺍ { )‪. (٢) (١‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒﺘ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﱪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ‬
‫ﺑِﻤ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪. (٣) {        } :‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺇِﻥ ﻋِﻈﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﹶﺰﺍﺀ ﻣ‪‬ﻊ‪ ‬ﻋِﻈﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ﻼﺀِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻥ‬

‫ﺍﷲَ ﺇِﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ ﻗﹶﻮ‪‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻼﻫ‪‬ﻢ ؛ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺿﻲِ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﺨِﻂﹶ ﻓﹶﻠﹶﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺨﻂ { )‪. (٥) (٤‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻤﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺀ ؛ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺜﺒﺘﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ؛ ﺃﹶﻡ‬
‫ﻻ ؛ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺍﺑﺘ‪‬ﻠﻮﺍ ﺻﱪﻭﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤﻨﻮﺍ ﻟِﻘﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻭ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﷲَ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ )‪ ، (٤٥٥٧‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ )‪. (٢٨٢٠‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٠ :‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ )‪. (٢٣٩٦‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٢٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺎﻓِﻴ‪‬ﺔ ؛ ﻓﹶﺈِﺫﹶﺍ ﻟﹶﻘِﻴﺘ‪‬ﻤﻮﻫ‪‬ﻢ ﻓﺎﺻ‪‬ﱪﻭﺍ { )‪. (٢) (١‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻘﻨﻄﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻴﺄﺳﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﶈﻦ ؛ ﻷَﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺆﻛﺪ ﻷَﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻳﺜﻘﻮﻥ ﺑﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﷲ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺴﺮ ﻳﺴﺮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺃﹶﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﶈﻦ ﰲ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﶈﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺎﺋﺐ ﻻ ﺗﺼﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﺇِﻻ ﲟﺎ ﻛﺴﺒﺖ ﺃﹶﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻉ‬
‫‪    ‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺼﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٣) {  ‬‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺍﶈﻦ ﻭﻧ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷَﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻷَﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹِﻏﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﻮﻳﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮ‪‬ﻧﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻔﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺎﺀ ؛ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷَﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ‪‬ﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ :‬ﳜﺎﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﺟﺤﺪﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﺗﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺃﹶﺣﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺷﻜﺮﺍ ﻭﲪﺪﺍ ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞﱢ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﹶﻭ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ‪ } ‬ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺇِﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺳ‪‬ﻔﹶﻞﹶ ﻣِﻨ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪ ، ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮﻭﺍ ﺇِﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﻮ‪‬ﻗﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬؛ ﻓﹶﺈِﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺟ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺭ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻟﹶﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺰ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺭﻭﺍ ﻧِﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺔﹶ ﺍﷲِ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ‪. (٥) (٤) { ‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :‬ﻳﺘﺤﻠﻮﻥ ﲟﻜﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺎﺳﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ )‪ ، (٢٨٠٤‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﲑ )‪ ، (١٧٤٢‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ )‪. (٢٦٣١‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٠ :‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺋﻖ )‪ ، (٢٩٦٣‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ )‪ ، (٢٥١٣‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ‬
‫)‪ ، (٤١٤٢‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٢٥٤/٢‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٢٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﺎ ؛ ﺃﺣﺴﻨﻬﻢ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ { )‪ (٢) (١‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﺇﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺒﻜﻢ ﺇﱄ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺑﻜﻢ ﻣﲏ ﳎﻠﺴﺎ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ؛ ﺃﺣﺴﻨﻜﻢ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﺎ { )‪ (٤) (٣‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺃﺛﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻟﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﺑﻪ ؛‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ { )‪. (٦) (٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ؛ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪  ‬‬ ‫* ﺇﺧﻼﺻﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٧) {  ‬‬

‫* ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﳊﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﲑ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻜﺖ ﺣﺮﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺼﺮﺓ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺷﺮﻋﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﳊﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﳏﺒﺔ ﺍﳋﲑ ﳍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٨) {       ‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺳﺮﻳﺮ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﻋﻼﻧﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳋﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﳍﻢ ﰲ ﻋﻴﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺴﺒﻬﻢ ﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺭﻗﺔ ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺑﻜﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻄﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻟﻌﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﲪﻬﻢ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﺟﻨﺎﺯﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻭﺳﻜﺮﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﺳﻮﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﲤﺔ ؛ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺰﻟﺰﻝ ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎﻉ )‪ ، (١١٦٢‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (٢٥٠/٢‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ )‪. (٢٧٩٢‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ )‪. (٢٠١٨‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ )‪ ، (٢٠٠٣‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ )‪. (٤٧٩٩‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣ :‬‬
‫)‪ (8‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٢ :‬‬

‫‪١٢٤‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫* ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪.‬‬

‫* ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ ﺣﱴ ﰲ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ؛ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺼﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﳍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺮﺍﻫﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﺸﻬﺮﺓ ؛ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﰲ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺌﺎ‪‬ﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺷﺪﺓ ﺗﺪﻗﻴﻘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺧﻮﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺷﺪﺓ ﺧﻮﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﲤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻏﻔﻠﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺪﺓ ﺭﻓﻀﻬﻢ ﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻨﺎﺀ ﺑﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺇِﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺯﺧﺮﻓﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒِﻲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﷲِ! ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮ‪‬ﺓِ ﺇِﻻﹶ ﻣِﺜﹾﻞﹸ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﺇِﺻ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌﻪ ﻫ‪‬ﺬِﻩِ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻢ ؛ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴﻨ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮ‪ ‬ﺑِﻢ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺟِﻊ { )‪. (٢) (١‬‬
‫* ﻻ ﻳﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﹶﻭ ﺃﹶﻫﻠﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺮﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﻠﺘﻤﺴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭ ﳌﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇِﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳑﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﺬﺭ ﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺳﺘﺮﻫﻢ ﻹِﺧﻮﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻨﻔﻮﺳﻬﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳛﺒﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻷَﺣﺪ ﻋﻮﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺘﻐﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻴِﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳚﺘﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻮﻧﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻭﻳﻜﺜﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺃﹶﺣﺪ ﺑﺴﻮﺀ ؛ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺻﻔﺔ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ )‪ ، (٢٨٥٨‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ )‪ ، (٢٣٢٣‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ )‪ ، (٤١٠٨‬ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫)‪. (٢٢٩/٤‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٢٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﰲ‬ ‫)‪(٢) (١‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺒِﻲ‪ ‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻗﺘﺎﺕ {‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪ " :‬ﳕﱠﺎﻡ " ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺳﺪ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻟﺴﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻔﻈﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ؛ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﳎﻠﺴﻬﻢ ﳎﻠﺲ‬
‫‪          ‬‬ ‫ﺇِﰒ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٣) {   ‬‬

‫* ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﹶﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺤﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻘﻮﳍﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻥﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡِ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮِ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﻘﹸﻞﹾ‬

‫ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ‪ ‬ﻟِﻴ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ (٥) (٤) { ‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺻ‪ ‬ﻤﺖ‪ ‬ﻧ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺎ { )‪. (٧) (٦‬‬
‫* ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺢ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺁﺫﺍﻫﻢ ﺑﻀﺮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺃﹶﺧﺬ ﻣﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﰲ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪،‬‬
‫‪       ‬‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻭ ﳓﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٨) {  ‬‬

‫* ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺇِﺑﻠﻴﺲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻳﺪﻩ ﻭﻣﺼﺎﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ )‪ ، (٥٧٠٩‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (١٠٥‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ )‪ ، (٢٠٢٦‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ‬
‫)‪ ، (٤٨٧١‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٨٩/٥‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٢ :‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ )‪ ، (٥٦٧٢‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ )‪ ، (٤٧‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٤٣٣/٢‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ )‪ ، (٢٥٠١‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪ ، (١٥٩/٢‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻕ )‪. (٢٧١٣‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ‪ :‬ﻟﻸﻟﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (8‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٣٤ :‬‬

‫‪١٢٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺳﻮﺳﺘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻥﱠ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻗﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺮﺍ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺳﺆﺍﳍﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﹶﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺻﺤﺎ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷَﺟﻞ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻮﺍﺳﻮﻫﻢ ﲟﺎ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻮﻥ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺇِﺳﺮﺍﻓﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻼﻝ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺫﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺳﺎﺓ ﺍﻹِﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺮﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺇِﻗﺎﻣﺘﻬﻢ ؛ ﻓﺈِﻧﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺿﺪ ﰲ ﻧﺼﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺪﺓ ﳏﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﻻﺻﻄﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻹِﺧﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺇِﺧﻮﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺇِﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻒ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﻌﺬﺭٍ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻓﺆﻭﻩ ﺑﺈِﻃﻌﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻹِﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﺇﺣﺴﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇِﺧﻮﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﹶﻌ‪‬ﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﻣﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺧﺺ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻴﻤﺔ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺣﺴﻦ ﺃﹶﺩ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻞ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺇِﺻﻼﺡ‪ ‬ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﲔ ؛ ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﹶﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳋﲑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷَﻥﱠ ﺇِﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﲔ ﻳﻔﺴﺪ ﺧﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻏﺎﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﺪ ؛ ﻷَﻥ ﺍﳊﺴﺪ ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺭِﺙﹸ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﻀﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬ ‫* ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﱪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (١) {  ‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮﺕ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٨ :‬‬

‫‪١٢٧‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫* ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﲝﺴﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻓﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﲪﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛﲔ ﻭﺍﻷَﻳﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺃﹶﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﻴﻼﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺑﻐﲑ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻠﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﻭﻥ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﻏﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﰲ ﻓﻌﻠﻬﺎ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪ } :‬ﻻﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻘِﺮ‪‬ﻥ ﻣِﻦ ﺍﳌﹶﻌ‪‬ﺮﻭﻑ ﺷﻴ‪‬ﺌﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﻠﹾﻘﻰ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺟﻪ‬

‫ﻃﹶﻠﹾﻖ { )‪. (٢) (١‬‬

‫* ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠ‪‬ﺴﺲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻋﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ؛ ﻷﻥﱠ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﺴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻹﺧﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺰﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻐﻀﺒﻮﻥ ﻷَﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ؛‬
‫‪     ‬‬ ‫ﻷﻧ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻳﻔﻘﻬﻮﻥ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (٣) {    ‬‬

‫ﺇِﱃ ﻏﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮ‪‬ﺓ )‪. (٤‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺋﻤ‪‬ﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ )‪ ، (٢٦٢٦‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺍﻷﻃﻌﻤﺔ )‪. (١٨٣٣‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٣٤ :‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇِﱃ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ؛ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺇِﱃ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺟﻴﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﰉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪- -‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﺪﺡ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﻧ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﻰ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﹸﻖٍ ﻋ‪‬ﻈِﻴﻢٍ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﳎﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ‪ -‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﺭ ﺩﻳﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﺩ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻒ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﳒﺪ‪ -‬ﰲ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﺞِ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﱂ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺣﻘﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪) : - -‬ﺇﳕﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺜﺖ‪ ‬ﻷﺗ‪‬ﻤﻢ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻜﺎﺭِﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ( ﻓﺎﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﻭﺍ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪-‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﲣﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﺜﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ :‬ﻛﹸﻨ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﹸﻣ‪‬ﺔٍ ﺃﹸﺧ‪‬ﺮِﺟ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻟِﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱِ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﲟﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻠﻔﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٢٨‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﻉ‬
‫‪ - ١‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣ‪‬ﻌﺎﺫ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺒﻞ ‪‬‬
‫)ﺃﹶﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻴﻜﹸﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌِﻠﹾﻢ ﻗﹶﺒ‪‬ﻞﹶ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹶﻊ‪ ، ‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﻭﺇِﻥ ﺭ‪‬ﻓﹾﻌ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﺫﻫﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻠِﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇﻳﺎﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺒِﺪ‪‬ﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒ‪‬ﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻄﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻴﻜﹸﻢ ﺑﺄﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮِﻛﹸﻢ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺘﻴﻖ( )‪. (١‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪‬‬
‫)ﻛﻞﹼ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝِ ﺍﷲِ‪ -‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻓﻼﹶ ﺗ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌﺒ‪‬ﺪﻭﺍ‬
‫‪‬ﺎ ؛ ﻓﺈِﻥ ﺍﻷَﻭ‪‬ﻝﹶ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺪﻉ ﻟﻶﺧِﺮ ﻣ‪‬ﻘﺎﻻ ؛ ﻓﺎﺗ‪‬ﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﷲَ ﻳﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﻭﺍ ﻃﹶﺮﻳﻖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﹶﺒﻠﻜﹸﻢ( )‪. (٢‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪‬‬
‫)ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺘﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﱳ ﲟ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺧ‪‬ﲑ‪ ‬ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺑ‪‬ﺮﻫﺎ ﻗﹸﻠﻮﺑﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻋ‪‬ﻤﻘﹶﻬﺎ ﻋِﻠﹾﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻗﹶﻠﹼﻬﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﻠﻔﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﻮﻡ ﺍﺧ‪‬ﺘﺎﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﷲُ ﻟِﺼ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺔ ﻧ‪‬ﺒﻴﻪ ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻘﻞِ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﹶﺘ‪‬ﺸﺒ‪‬ﻬﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﹶﺧ‪‬ﻼﻗِﻬِﻢ ﻭﻃﹶﺮﺍﺋِﻘِﻬﻢ ؛ ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﳍﹶﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﳌﹸﺴﺘﻘِﻴﻢ( )‪. (٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻛﹸﻔﻴﺘ‪‬ﻢ ؛ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻢ ﺑﺎﻷَﻣﺮِ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﺘﻴﻖ( )‪. (٤‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٥‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﻛﻞ ﺑِﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺔ ﺿ‪‬ﻼﻟﹶﺔ ؛ ﻭﺇِﻥﹾ‬ ‫)ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﺰﺍﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺮﻳﻖِ ؛ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺗﺒ‪‬ﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻷَﺛﹶﺮ‪(‬‬
‫ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ( )‪. (٦‬‬

‫)‪ " (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ " ﻻﺑﻦ ﻭﺿﺎﺡ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺔ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺳﻨﻨﻪ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺭﻭﺍﳘﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺭﻭﺍﳘﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ " ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٢٩‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ - ٥‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﰊ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺍﺀ ‪‬‬

‫)ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﺗﻀﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹶﺧ‪‬ﺬﹾﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻷَﺛﹶﺮ( )‪. (١‬‬
‫‪ - ٦‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﻣﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪‬‬
‫)ﻟﹶﻮ ﻛﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺃﹾﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻟﹶﻜﺎﻥﹶ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ‪ ‬ﺍﳋﹸﻔﲔ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻖ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﳌﹶﺴ‪‬ﺢِ ﻣﻦ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫِﺮﻫِﻤﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻜِﻦ‪ ‬ﺭﺃﹶﻳﺖ‪‬‬
‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺢ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻇﺎﻫِﺮﻫِﻤﺎ( )‪. (٢‬‬
‫‪ - ٧‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺹ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪِ ‪‬ﻋﺖ‪ ‬ﺑﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺔﹲ ؛ ﺇِﻻ ﺍﺯ‪‬ﺩﺍﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﻣﻀﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﻧ‪‬ﺰِﻋ‪‬ﺖ ﺳﻨﺔﹲ ؛ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﺍﺯ‪‬ﺩﺍﺩ‪‬ﺕ ﻫ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﺑﺎ( )‪. (٣‬‬
‫‪ - ٨‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺑﺲ ﺑﻦ ﺭﺑﻴﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺭﺃﹶﻳﺖ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺒ‪‬ﻞﹸ ﺍﳊﺠﺮ‪-‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‪ -‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪) :‬ﺇِﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻷَﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻧﻚ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﺠ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻻﹶ ﺗﻀﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻨﻔﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﻮﻻﹶ ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺭﺃﹶﻳ‪‬ﺖ‪‬‬
‫ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝﹶ ﺍﷲِ ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺒﻠﻚ‪ ‬ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﺘ‪‬ﻚ( )‪. (٤‬‬
‫‪ - ٩‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻗِﻒ‪ ‬ﺣ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺚﹸ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻒ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺈِﻧ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﻋِﻠﹾﻢ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹶﻔﻮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺒ‪‬ﺼﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﻛﻔﻮﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫ‪‬ﻢ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ‬
‫ﻛﹶﺸ‪‬ﻔِﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﻗﹾﻮ‪‬ﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻔﻀ‪‬ﻞِ ﻟﹶﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺌِﻦ ﻗﹸﻠﺘﻢ ‪ :‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺙﹶ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺪ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﻢ ؛ ﻓﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺛﻪ‪ ‬ﺇِﻻ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺧﺎﻟﻒ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺭﻏِﺐ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨﺘِﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻟﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻭﺻﻔﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻔﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ‪‬ﻜﻠﱠﻤﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ‬ﲟﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹾﻔﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻓﻮﻗﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﺴﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺩ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﹸﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻘﺼﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﺼﺮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﻗﹶﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻓﹶﺠﻔﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍ‬
‫ﻭﲡﹶﺎﻭﺯﻫ‪‬ﻢ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﹶﻐﻠﹶﻮ‪‬ﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇ‪‬ﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﹶﻌ‪‬ﻠﻰ ﻫ‪‬ﺪﻯ ﻣ‪‬ﺴﺘﻘﹶﻴﻢ( )‪. (٥‬‬
‫‪ - ١٠‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻷَﻭﺯﺍﻋﻲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻴ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﺂﺛﺎﺭِ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﻭﺇِﻥﹾ ﺭ‪‬ﻓﹶﻀ‪‬ﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻳ‪‬ﺎﻙ ﻭﺁﺭﺍﺀَ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﺇِﻥﹾ ﺯ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻓﹸﻮﻫﺎ ﻟﻚ‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺔ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ " ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻒ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺔ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﻟﹸﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘِﻘﹶﺎﺩ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱ ﺇِﱃ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺎﺩ " ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٣٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﹶﻮﻝ ؛ ﻓﺈِﻥﹶ ﺍﻷﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺠﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﹶﻧﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻖٍ ﻣ‪‬ﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ( )‪. (١‬‬
‫‪ - ١١‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﻳﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﺘﻴﺎﱐ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺯ‪‬ﺩ‪‬ﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣِﺐ‪ ‬ﺑِﺪ‪‬ﻋﺔ ﺍﺟ‪‬ﺘِﻬﺎﺩﺍ ﺇِﻻ ﺍﺯ‪‬ﺩﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ ﺍﷲِ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪﺍ( )‪. (٢‬‬
‫‪ - ١٢‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻄﻴﺔ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺘﺪ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﻗﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﺑِﺪ‪‬ﻋﺔﹶ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﺇِﻻ ﻧ‪‬ﺰِﻉ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨﺘِﻬِﻢ ﻣﺜﻠﹸﻬﺎ( )‪. (٣‬‬
‫‪ - ١٣‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﲑﻳﻦ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻷَﺛﹶﺮ ؛ ﻓﹶﻬ‪‬ﻮ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﹶﺮﻳﻖِ( )‪. (٤‬‬
‫‪ - ١٤‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺒِﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺐ ﺇِﱃ ﺇِﺑ‪‬ﻠﻴﺲ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻴ‪‬ﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻴ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒِﺪ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﺔﹸ ﻻ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ( )‪. (٥‬‬
‫‪ - ١٥‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﻟِﻴ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦِ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻷَﺛﹶﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﹾ‬
‫ﻣِﻦ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺃﹾﻱِ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﺴ‪‬ﺮ ﻟﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ( )‪. (٦‬‬
‫‪ - ١٦‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﻛﻞﱡ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻟﹶﺔ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﻠﹼﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﲞﻼﻑِ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ؛ ﻓﹶﺄﻧﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‪ ‬ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ؛ ﰲ ﺣ‪‬ﻴﺎﰐ ﻭﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﳑ‪‬ﺎﰐ( )‪. (٧‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻴﻊ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﻞﹲ ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﺄﺧﺬ‬
‫‪‬ﺬﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ؛ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﻣ‪‬ﱴ ﻣﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳﺖ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝِ ﺍﷲِ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺣ‪‬ﺪﻳﺜﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ ؛ ﻓﹶﻠﻢ ﺁﺧﺬﹾ ﺑﻪِ ؛ ﻓﺄﺷﻬ‪‬ﺪﻛﹸﻢ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻋ‪‬ﻘﻠﻲ ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺫﻫ‪‬ﺐ( )‪. (٨‬‬
‫‪ - ١٧‬ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮﺡ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺖ ﻷﰊ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺙ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﻑ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ " ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ " (2‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ " ﻻﺑﻦ ﻭﺿﺎﺡ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺍﳘﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺭﻭﺍﳘﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﰲ " ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﰲ " ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻔﻘﻪ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (8‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺔ ﰲ " ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ " ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٣١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ؛ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﻣﻘﺎﻻﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﹶﻼﺳﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻴﻚ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻷَﺛﺮِ‬

‫ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔِ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﻳﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﳏﺪﺛﺔ ؛ ﻓﺈِ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ( )‪. (١‬‬
‫‪ - ١٨‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ ﺃﹶﻧﺲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺳ‪‬ﻔﻴﻨﺔﹸ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺭ‪‬ﻛﺒ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﳒﹶﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺗ‪‬ﺨ‪‬ﻠﹼﻒ‪ ‬ﻋﻨ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻏﹶﺮِﻕ‪. (٢) (‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪ " :‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﹶﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻟﹶﺘ‪‬ﻜﻠﹼﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺤﺎﺑﺔﹸ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﺣﻜﺎﻡِ ؛ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻝ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺑﺎﻃِﻞ( )‪. (٣‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺟﺸﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﲰﻌﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪) :‬ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﺑ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻉ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺍﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ؛ ﻓﹶﻘﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﺯ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻢ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﻣ‪‬ﺤﻤ‪‬ﺪﺍ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺧﺎﻥﹶ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺳﺎﻟﺔﹶ ؛ ﻷَﻥ ﺍﷲَ‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺌﺬ ﺩﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﹶﻼ ﻳﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﻡ‪‬‬ ‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫‪{ ‬‬ ‫‪  ‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝﹸ ‪} :‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﺎ( )‪. (٥‬‬
‫‪ - ١٩‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ؛ ﺇِﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪) :‬ﺃﺻﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻋﻨ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﲟﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤﺎﺏ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻻﻗﹾﺘﺪﺍﺀُ‬
‫‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ‪‬ﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﺪ‪‬ﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ‪ ‬ﺿ‪‬ﻼﻟﺔ( )‪. (٦‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٠‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ‪ -‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﻟﻮ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺭﺟ‪‬ﻼ ﺃﹶﺩﺭﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻷَﻭﻝﹶ ﰒ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺚﹶ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻣﺎ ﻋ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﻳﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺪ‪‬ﻩ ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪- :‬‬
‫ﺇِﻟﹼﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ -‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ - :‬ﺃﹶﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ‬ﳌﻦ ﻋﺎﺵ‪ ‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀﹶ ؛ ﻓﺮﺃﻯ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻋﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇِﱃ ﺑﺪﻋﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ‪ ‬ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇِﱃ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻩ ؛‬
‫ﻓﻌﺼﻤﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ، ‬ﻭﺟﻌﻞﹶ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪ ‬ﳛﻦ‪ ‬ﺇِﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺄﹶﻝﹸ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻬﻢ ‪،‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﰲ " ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻔﻘﻪ " ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ " (2‬ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺼﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ ﰲ " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ٣ :‬‬
‫)‪ " (5‬ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺼﺎﻡ " ﻟﻺِﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٣٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻳﻘﺘﺺ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﺒﻊ‪ ‬ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻬ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻌﻮﺽ ﺃﹶﺟﺮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻈﻴﻤﺎ ؛ ﻓﻜﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺇِﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ( )‪. (١‬‬
‫‪ - ٢١‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﲨﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ ‪ -‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ‪ ‬ﻃﹸﺮﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﳍﹸﺪﻯ ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻀﺮﻙ ﻗﻠﱠﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﲔ‪ ، ‬ﻭﺇِﻳﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﻭﻃﹸﺮ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻐﺘﺮ ﺑﻜﺜﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳍﺎﻟﻜﲔ( )‪. (٢‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٢‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪ -‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ -‬ﳌﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔٍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ‪ :‬ﺇِﻥ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺑﺎﻙ ‪‬ﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ‪) :‬ﺃﺃﹶﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﻖ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ‪ ، ‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﰊ ؟ !( )‪. (٣‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ؛ ﺇِﻧﻜﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻨﺔ ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﲰﻊ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻋﻄﺲ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ‪) :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫ‪‬ﻜﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﺳﻮﻝﹸ ﺍﷲِ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪ } :‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻄﹶﺲ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﺣ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻛﹸﻢ‪ ‬؛‬

‫ﻓﹶﻠﹾﻴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤﺪ ﺍﷲَ { )‪ (٤‬ﻭﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻞﹾ ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻴ‪‬ﺼﻞ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝِ ﺍﷲِ( )‪. (٥‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٣‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ‪ -‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ -‬ﳌﻦ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ؛ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﹶﰊ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ‪) :‬ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺷﻚ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﺗ‪‬ﱰﻝﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻴﻜﹸﻢ ﺣِﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀِ ؛ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﻝﹸ ﻟﹶﻜﹸﻢ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝﹶ ﺭﺳﻮﻝﹸ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺗﻘﹸﻮﻟﻮﻥﹶ ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝﹶ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻤﺮ( )‪. (٦‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ‪ -‬ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ -‬ﰲ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﻷَﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‪‬‬
‫ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻞِ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻫ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ؛ ﻳ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻋﻮ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔِ( )‪. (٧‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٤‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ " (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ " ﻻﺑﻦ ﻭﺿﺎﺡ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ " (2‬ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺼﺎﻡ " ﻟﻺِﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ " (3‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩ " ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ )‪ ، (٥٨٧٠‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ )‪ ، (٥٠٣٣‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٥٣/٢‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺳﻨﻨﻪ " ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻒ " ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺭﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٣٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫)ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻠﻐﻚ‪ ‬ﻋﻦ ﺭﺟ‪‬ﻞٍ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﺮﻕ ؛ ﺃﹶﻧﻪ ﺻ‪‬ﺎﺣﺐ‪ ‬ﺳ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻓﺎﺑﻌﺚﹾ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﻞ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ( )‪. (١‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٥‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﻳﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺘﻴﺎﱐ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇِﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻷﺧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﲟﻮﺕِ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ‪‬ﻞِ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻫﻞِ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ؛ ﻓﻜﺄﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﹶﻓﻘﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﻌﺾ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻋﻀﺎﺋﻲ( )‪. (٢‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٦‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﲰﻌﺖ ﻗﺘﻴﺒﺔ ‪ -‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪) :‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﹶﻳﺖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟ‪‬ﻞﹶ‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺐ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫﻞﹶ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚِ ؛ ﻣﺜﻞ ﳛﲕ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻬﺪﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇِﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﺑﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻮﻳﻪ ‪ . . .‬ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ؛ ﻓﺈِﻧ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺧ‪‬ﺎﻟﻒ‪ ‬ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﹶﻢ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻉ( )‪. (٣‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٧‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇِﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺨﻌﻲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫)ﻟﻮ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﺤﻤ‪‬ﺪٍ ﻣ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻇﹸﻔﺮٍ ﳌﺎ ﻏﹶﺴ‪‬ﻠﺘﻪ ؛ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﰲ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﺎﻋﻬﻢ‪(‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٨‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ ‪ -‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻢ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﹶﺧﻲ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ‬ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻟﻜﻞﱢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻘﻲ‪ ‬ﺍﷲَ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﺎ ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻭﺇِﻧ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ﺭﺍﺟﻌﻮﻥ ؛ ﻓﺈِﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﷲِ ﻧ‪‬ﺸﻜﻮ ﻭ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺸﺘ‪‬ﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻹِﺧﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺔﹶ ﺍﻷﻋﻮﺍﻥِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻧ‪‬ﺸﻜﻮ ﻋ‪‬ﻈﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻣﺎ ﺣﻞ ‪‬ﺬﻩِ ﺍﻷﻣﺔِ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﹸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ( )‪. (٥‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٩‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻞﹸ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺇِﻥﹶ ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻲ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‪ ‬؛ ﻭﻫ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤﺎﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ( )‪. (٦‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺳﻨﻨﻪ " ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ " (5‬ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ " ﻻﺑﻦ ﻭﺿﺎﺡ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٣٤‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫‪ - ٣٠‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﺻﺪﻕ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻭﻭﺻﻔﻪ‪ -‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﻷَﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ‪) :‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﹶﻳﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻜﺄﹶﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺭﺃﹶﻳﺖ‪ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮﻝِ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺻﻠﱠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﺳﻠﻢ( )‪. (١‬‬
‫‪ - ٣١‬ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ‪ -‬ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ؛ ﺗ‪‬ﻠﺨﺺ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷَﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪) :‬ﻟﹶﻦ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻠﹸﺢ‪ ‬ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ‬ﻫ‪‬ﺬﻩِ ﺍﻷﻣﺔِ ﺇِﻻﱠ ﲟﺎ ﺻ‪‬ﻠﹸﺢ‪ ‬ﺑﻪِ ﺃﹶﻭ‪‬ﳍﺎ ؛ ﻓﹶﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﹶﻢ‪ ‬ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻦ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻮ‪‬ﻣﺌﺬ ﺩﻳﻨﺎ ﻻﹶ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﹸﻮﻥﹸ ﺍﻟﻴ‪‬ﻮﻡ ﺩِﻳﻨﺎ( )‪. (٢‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﹶﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﹶﻧﺼﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺑﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺄﹸﻣﺘﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻋﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺻﻼﺣﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﺪﺍﻳﺘﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺻﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺼﺎﻡ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺤﺬﱢﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﺤﺪﺛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷُﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳜﱪﻭﻥ‪ -‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﺑﺄﹶﻥﱠ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳋﻼﺹ ﻭﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ ؛ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﻫﺪﻳﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺷﺮﻑ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ " ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎ " ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻴﺎﺽ ‪ ،‬ﺝ ‪ ، ٢‬ﺹ ‪. ٨٨‬‬

‫‪١٣٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺇِﱃ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‬
‫" ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ "‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﹶﺧﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇِﱃ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ -‬ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﹸﻌ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻘﹶﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎ ﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺳﻠﻒ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ؛ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻷُﻟﻮﻫﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷَﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻱ ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻮﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﺻ‪‬ﻠﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﻌﺪﻭﻩ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ -‬ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﹶﻱ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻧﺒﺘﺪﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺸﺮﻋﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻡ ﻓﻌﻠﻴ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻡ ﻗﻮﻟﻴﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺷﺮﻑ ﺍﻷَﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﹶﺧﺺ‪‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞِ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﹶﺑﺮﺯ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻷَﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷَﺻﻔﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ‪،‬‬
‫‪           ‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪. (١) {  ‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﳓﻤﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺒﻠﱢﻐﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﲑﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﳌﻦ ﺃﹶﺭﺍﺩ‪ ‬ﺫﻟﻚ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ ﺇِﱃ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺷ‪‬ﻚ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻪ ‪ ‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﻷُﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ ؛ ﻳ‪‬ﻐﻨﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺛﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﺼﻠﺖ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ٣٣ ،‬‬

‫‪١٣٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﳌﻨﻬﺠﻪ ﻭﺳﲑﺗﻪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺳﻠﻔﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﱀ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣـﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻓﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺪﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺃﹶﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺪﻋﺎﺓ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻓﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻨﺸﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٣٧‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﻣﻨﻄﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ‬

‫‪ - ١‬ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ -‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ -‬ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ؛ ﻓـ‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫} ﻷَﻥ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻚ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺧﲑ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻚ ﺣ‪‬ﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻌ‪‬ﻢ {‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷَﺟﺮ ﻳﻘﻊ ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺮٍ ﻟﻺِﺳﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺒﺬﻝ ﺟﻬﺪﻩ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺷﺮﻁ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓﹸ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺻ‪‬ﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢‬ﺗﺄﹾﻛﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺳﻠﻒِ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻴﻘﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻮﺳﻄﻴﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﴰﻮﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻟﻪ ﻭﺑ‪‬ﻌﺪﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹِﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﻣ‪‬ﻨﻄﻠﻖِ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﻠﺘﺰﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻮﻁ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﳌﻦ ﻋﺰﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﲑ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷَﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٣‬ﺍﳊﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇِﳚﺎﺩ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻖ ؛ ﺃﹶﺧﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﻬﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ‪) :‬ﻛﻠﻤﺔﹸ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪِ ﺃﹶﺳﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ( ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩِ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻤﺰ‪‬ﻕ‪ ‬ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻣﻴ‪‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺰﺏ ﺍﳌﺬﻣﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻜﻞﱢ ﲡﻤﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻻ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٤‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺀُ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻟﻸﺷﺨﺎﺹ ؛ ﻓﺎﳊﻖ ﺑﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻷَﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪ ‬ﺯﺍﺋﻠﻮﻥ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺮﻑِ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ‪ ‬ﺃﹶﻫﻠﹶﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٥‬ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺇﱃ ﻛﻞﱢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﺇِﻟﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻌﲔ ﺑﻌﻀﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﻌﻀﻨﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﳔﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﺴﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺐ )‪ ، (٣٤٩٨‬ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ )‪ ، (٢٤٠٦‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ )‪ ، (٣٦٦١‬ﺃﲪﺪ )‪. (٣٣٣/٥‬‬

‫‪١٣٨‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻧﺒﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻏﺾ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻷَﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺪﻟﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ؛ ﻓﺈِﻥﹾ ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈِﻥﹾ ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻳﺶ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﳍﻼﻙ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٦‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﺘﺴﺐ‪ ‬ﺇِﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺣﻴﺐ‪ ‬ﺑﺄﹶﻱ ﺟﻬﺪ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٧‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰲ ﻓﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﻭﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺎﺻ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘِﺘﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٨‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﰐ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﱘ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٩‬ﺗ‪‬ﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﹶﺩﺏ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹِﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺄﳘﻴﺘﻬﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﺃﹶﺩﻭﺍ‪‬ﻤﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٠‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻓﺎﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﺷﺨﺎﺹ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﱐ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١١‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ؛ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٢‬ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺻﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٣‬ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻷَﻭﻟﻮﻳﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷُﻣﻮﺭ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﹶﳘﻴﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺑﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﹶﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ؛ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺗﺄﰐ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻣﺎ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٤‬ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﳋﱪﺍﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ ﺃﹶﻣﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀُ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲡﺎﺭﺏِ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺳ‪‬ﺒﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺃﹶﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﺪﻯ ﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻷَﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﻣﻦ ﳛﺘﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻛﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٥‬ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﲔ ﺑﺘﻤﺴﻜﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺣ‪‬ﺴﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻘﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﻗﲑﻫﻢ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺃﹶﻋﺮﺍﺿﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻚ ﰲ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻢ ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﳍﻢ ﺃﹶﻳﻀﺎ ؛ ﺇِﺫ ﻛﻞﱡ ﻋﺎﱂ ﳜﻄﺊ ﻭﻳﺼﻴﺐ ‪،‬‬

‫‪١٣٩‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﳋﻄﺄﹸ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﳎﺘﻬﺪﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٦‬ﺇِﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲪﻞ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﺣﺴﻦ ﳏﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﻭﺳﺘﺮ ﻋﻴﻮ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٧‬ﺇِﺫﺍ ﻏﻠﺒﺖ ﳏﺎﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﱂ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﺋﻪ ﺇِﻻ ﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻏﻠﺒﺖ ﻣ‪‬ﺴﺎﻭِﺉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﱂ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﳏﺎﺳﻨﻪ ؛ ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻳﻠﺘﺒﺲ ﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٨‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷَﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﺪﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﻀﺒﺎﻃﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲡﻨﺐ ﺍﻷَﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺪﳝﻘﺮﺍﻃﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ١٩‬ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﺛﺮﻭﺓ ﻓﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺭﺳﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺮﺩ‪‬ﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻹِﲨﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﺠﻨﺐ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻔﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺄﹾﺧﺬ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻔﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻒ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٠‬ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﻭﺣﻀﺎﺭﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻧﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻮﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺑﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺩﻳﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢١‬ﺍﻹِﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺄﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٢‬ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺓ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺁﺓﹸ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﳌﻌﱪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ - ٢٣‬ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻋﻈﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫‪ (١) {           ‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻧﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﻋﻮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٤‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﱢﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﱪ ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻷَﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﳒﺎﺡ ﺩﻋﻮ‪‬ﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٥‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﻖ ؛ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٦‬ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺣﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٢٥ :‬‬

‫‪١٤٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻛﻨﺖ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﺟﺰﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻝِ ﺍﳊﻖ ؛ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ - ٢٧‬ﺍﳊﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﹶﺳﺒﺎﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻼﺟﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ٢٨‬ﺍﳊﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹِﺷﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻭﳚﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻣﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢٩‬ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺿﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺎﺷﻲ ﻛﻞﱢ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻠﻴﺔ ؛‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﻟﻺِﻗﻠﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﲑﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣٠‬ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻷَﻓﻀﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻫﺠﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺇِﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﰒﹶ ﺇِﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻋﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﺇِﱃ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳐﺎﻃﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﻘﻮﳍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻬﻢ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺘﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣١‬ﲤﺴﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺼﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺑﺄﹶﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺪ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻷَﻣﺮ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻫﻲ ﲦﺮﺓ ﲡﺎﺭﺏ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻨﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻮ ﻓﻘﻬﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎ ؛ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﲑ ﻛﺜﲑ‬
‫ﳌﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﻌﻠﻢ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻻ ﺻﻼﺡ ﳍﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳒﺎﺡ ﻟﺪﻋﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﺼﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﷲ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞﱢ ﺃﹶﻣﺮٍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺆﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻴ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷَﻣﺮِ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٤١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﻓﺬﺍﺫﹸ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀِ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﺘﻘﻌﻴﺪ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﳍﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺸﻔﻮﺍ ﻋﻮﺍﺭﻫﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﺟﻬﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﺑﺎﳊﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻬﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺮﺩﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻼﺣﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹶﻇﻬﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺃﹶﺑﻄﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺇِﻻ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﺫﻛﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﰲ ﺇِﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﹶﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ " ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ " ﺣﱴ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‪ -‬ﺃﹶﺧﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺼﲑﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺗﻚ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﹶﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩِ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪ -‬ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‪ -‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷَﺻﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻃﺮﺃﹶ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺧﺮﺓ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺩﺧﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﻫﺎ ﺳﻠﻔﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﻬﻢ ﺑﺈِﺣﺴﺎﻥ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺮﺭ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﲨﻊ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺴﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ٢٤١ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ‪ ٢٩٠ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺃﹶﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﳋﻼﻝ ‪ ٢١١ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻋﺎﺻﻢ ‪ ٢٨٧ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺯﻱ ‪٢٩٤ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﱪ‪‬ﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ٣٢٩ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻮﻱ ‪ ٤٣٦ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺍﻵﺟﺮﻱ ‪٣٦٠ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﹶﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺣﺎﰎ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ‪٣٢٧ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﻱ ‪ ٣١٠ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٤٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫* " ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﻦ " ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺺ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺷﺎﻫﲔ ‪ ٢٧٩ -‬ﻫـ ‪ " * .‬ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﹶﰊ ﺯ‪‬ﻣﻨﲔ ﺍﻷﻧﺪﻟﺴﻲ ‪٣٩٩ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﱰﻭﻝ "‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻗﻄﲏ ‪٣٨٥ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺇِﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ‪ : " ‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺇِﺳﺤﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﺧﺰﳝﺔ ‪ ٣١١ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﹶﰊ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﲑﻭﺍﱐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ " ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺯﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﲑﻭﺍﱐ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ ٣٨٦‬ﺹ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻹِﺑﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﳎﺎﻧﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﳌﺬﻣﻮﻣﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﺑﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﱪﻱ ﺍﳊﻨﺒﻠﻲ ‪ ٣٨٧ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﹶﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻹﲰﺎﻋﻴﻠﻲ ‪ ٣٧١ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻹٍﺑﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻐﺮ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻣﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻣﻴﲔ " ‪ :‬ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﰊ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ ‪٣٢٠ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺑﻮﱐ ‪ ٤٤٩ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺃﹶﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﳊﻨﺒﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ‪٤٧١ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﻫﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﻱ ﺍﻟﻼﻟﻜﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ٤١٨ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷَﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﰲ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ " ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺇِﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺮﻭﻱ ‪ ٤٨١ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٤٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﻷَﺻﻔﻬﺎﱐ ‪٣٦٩ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﺍﻳﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ‪٤٥٨-‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﶈﺠﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﺡ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺇِﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﻬﺎﱐ ‪ ٥٣٥‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻳﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺩﻱ ﺍﳊﻨﻔﻲ ‪ ٣٢١ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﳌﹸﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱ ﺇِﱃ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺎﺩ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺳﻲ ‪ ٦٢٠ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﻳﲏ ‪ ٤٣٨ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺇِﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪ ٢٥٦ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﹶﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ " ‪ .‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﺪﻩ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ ٣٩٥‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ‪ : ،‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻼﻡ ‪٢٢٤ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ " ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﳛﲕ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﱐ ‪ ٢٤٣ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ " ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﹶﰊ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ ‪٢٣٥ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ " ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺇِﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺪﻩ ‪٣٩٥ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺷﻌﺐ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ " ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳊﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪٤٠٣ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ‪٤٥٨ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ٣٥٩ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ‪ ٢٨٠ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎﺩﻗﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ‪ ٢٤١ -‬ﺹ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻧﻜﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﻧﺼﺮ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ‬

‫‪١٤٤‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺰﻱ ‪ ٤٤٤ -‬ﺹ ‪.‬‬

‫* " ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺒﻬﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻦ ﻗﺘﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﺭﻱ ‪٢٧٦ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺧﻠﻖ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥٦‬ﺹ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﱰﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ " ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑـ " ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺴﺮﺍﱐ " ‪ ٥٠٧ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺇِﻳﻀﺎﺡ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻷَﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻘﻴﻤﻬﺎ " ‪:‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻷَﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﰲ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ " ‪ :‬ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﱯ ‪٧٤٨ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ " ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺃﹶﰊ ﺷﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺴﻲ ‪-‬‬
‫‪ ٢٩٧‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺇِﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺳﻲ ‪ ٦٢٠ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺃﹶﻗﺎﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻷَﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﳊﻨﺒﻠﻲ ‪ ١٠٣٣ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷَﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﻮﺭ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺇِﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ‪ ٤٥٨ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺍﻵﺟﺮﻱ ‪٣٦٠ -‬‬
‫ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻚ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺭ ‪-‬‬
‫‪٧٢٤‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻷَﺛﺮ ﰲ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻷَﺛﺮ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻫﻠﻲ ﺍﳊﻨﺒﻠﻲ ‪-‬‬
‫‪١٠٧١‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٤٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫* " ﻗﻄﻒ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻷَﺛﺮ " ‪.‬‬

‫* " ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﺺ " ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺟﻲ ‪١٣٠٧ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﺍﻷَﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻮﺍﻃﻊ ﺍﻷَﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷَﺛﺮﻳﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻟﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻷَﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻮﺍﻗِﺢ‪ ‬ﺍﻷَﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﻴﺔ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻗﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﹶﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺋﻴ‪‬ﺔ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺃﹶﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺎﺭﻳﲏ ‪ ١١٨٨ -‬ﻫـ ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﲡﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪ " ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﹶﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﻳﺰﻱ ‪. ٨٤٥ -‬‬
‫* ﻭﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ -‬ﺷﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ )‪ ٧٢٨‬ﻫـ( ﻓﺈِﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺭﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻗﻌﺪ ﺃﹸﺻﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻫﺠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫* " ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺩﺭﺀ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻹِﳊﺎﺩ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﺤﻴﻢ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﰎ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ " ‪ " * .‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻣﺮﻳﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﻴﲔ " ‪ " * .‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻄﻴﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻳﺔ " ‪ " * .‬ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﻴﻨﻴﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻠﺒﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ " ‪ " * .‬ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺍﺕ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﻬﺎﻧﻴﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺷﺮﺡ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱰﻭﻝ " ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺇِﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ " ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ " ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲨﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻠﻎ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﳎﻠﺪﺍ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٤٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫* ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻩ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﱐ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻳﺔ ‪ ٧٥٢ -‬ﻫـ‪-‬‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ " * :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﻋﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻄﻠﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﳉﻴﻮﺵ ﺍﻹِﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺰﻭ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻬﻤﻴﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻧﻴﺔ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﺷﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻞ " ‪.‬‬
‫* " ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳍﺠﺮﺗﲔ ﻭﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺗﲔ " ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔﹲ ‪ -‬ﻭﻟﻠﹼﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺔ‪ -‬ﻭﲦﺔﹶ ﻛﺘﺐ‬
‫ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﱂ ﻧﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ ؛ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﰲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﻮﻃﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٤٧‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﳋﺘـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﻴﻞِ ﺍﻷَﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺻﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺃﹶﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺳﻠﻒ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ﻭﺃﹶﺋﻤﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺃﹶﺣﻴﺖ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻷَﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣ‪‬ﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ؛ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻷَﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷَﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﹶﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻌﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓﹸ‬
‫ﲨﻬﻮﺭِ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀِ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﶈﹶﺪﺛﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪‬ﺠﻬﻢ ﺇِﱃ ﻳﻮﻣﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻕ ﺇِﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﹶﻥ ﻧﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺇِﱃ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ‪‬ﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻷَﺧﻴﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻔﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﲟﺎ ﺃﹶﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﻜﹸﺖ‪ ‬ﻋﻤﺎ ﺳﻜﺘﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺆﺩ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﺩﻭ‪‬ﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻠﺘﺰﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﺳﻠﻒِ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔِ ﻭﺃﹶﺋﻤﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻮﺀ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﻣﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ‪‬‬
‫)ﻗﹶﺪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﻤ‪‬ﺖ‪ ‬ﻣ‪‬ﱴ ﺻ‪‬ﻼﺡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻣ‪‬ﱴ ﻓﹶﺴﺎﺩﻫﻢ! ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞِ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑِ ؛ ﺍﺳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻌﺼﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‪ ، ‬ﻭﺇِﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀَ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞِ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ‪ ‬؛ ﻓﺎﻫﺘﺪﻳﺎ( )‪. (١‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﹶﻣﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻧ‪‬ﻈﹸﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻤﻦ‪ ‬ﺗﺄﺧ‪‬ﺬﻭﻥﹶ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ؛ ﻓﺈﳕﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ( )‪. (٢‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﰊ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ‪‬‬
‫)ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺰﺍﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﲞﲑٍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﹶﻛﺎﺑِﺮﻫِﻢ ؛ ﻓﺈِﺫﺍ ﺃﹶﺧﺬﻭﻩ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﹶﺻﺎﻏِﺮِﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﻫ‪‬ﻠﻜﻮﺍ( )‪. (٣‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﱪ ‪ ،‬ﰲ ‪) :‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ " ﺹ ‪. ٢٤٧ :‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ‪ ،‬ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ " ﺹ ‪. ١٩٦ :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﱪ ‪ ،‬ﰲ ‪ " :‬ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ " ﺹ ‪. ٢٤٨ :‬‬

‫‪١٤٨‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﹶﺧﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ‪ :‬ﻫﺪﺍﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ؛ ﺃﻥﱠ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏِ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨ‪‬ﺔِ ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭ ﺃﹶﺗﻰ ﺑﺄﻣﺮٍ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺮﻋﻪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ؛ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ ﻣﻨﻐﻤﺲ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﺒﻊ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈِﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﻗﻦ ﺑﺄﻧﻨﺎ ﺳﻨﻤﻮﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﹶﻥﹾ ﻧﻮﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﻤﻞِ ﻭﺟﻬﻬﺎ ؛ ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺣﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻹِﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﺎ ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺸﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(١‬‬
‫ﻭﺧ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟـﺪﻳﻦِ ﻣ‪‬ـﺎ ﻛﹶـﺎﻥﹶ ﺳ‪‬ـﻨﺔ‪ ‬ﻭﺷ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﻷﻣـﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﹸﺤ‪‬ـﺪ‪‬ﺛﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒ‪‬ـﺪﺍﺋِﻊ‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﹶﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺒﺪﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻓﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ؛ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﺮ‪‬ﺏ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﺇِﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻞ ﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇِﻟﱠﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫‪            ‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪} :‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪(٢‬‬

‫‪{‬‬ ‫‪        ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ‪} :‬‬ ‫)‪(١‬‬
‫‪{ ‬‬

‫} ‪. (٣) {              ‬‬
‫ﻭﳑﺎ ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﹶﻥﱠ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻫﻮ ﰲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﻴﻞ ﺍﻷَﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﻩِ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔِ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺎ ﺣﻜﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﺛﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ١٨ ،‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ١٣٠ ،‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ‪ :‬ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪. ١٢٥ ،‬‬

‫‪١٤٩‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺻﻔﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇِﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﻻ ﺻﻼﺡ ﻟﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳒﺎﺡ ﻟﺪﻋﻮﺗﻨﺎ ﺇِﻻ ﺇِﺫﺍ ﺑﺪﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻷَﻫﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﹶﻥ ﻧﻨﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫ﰲ ﺩﻋﻮﺗﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓِ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ؛ ﻧ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﲏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﻼﻗﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺩﺍﺑﻨﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺘﻨﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﰲ ﻛﻞﱢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﻠﻒ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻜﻢ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﱘ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﹶﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:‬‬
‫‪             ‬‬ ‫}‬

‫‪. (١) {      ‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻷُﻣﺔ ‪ .‬ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ؛ ﺃﹶﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺸﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﲢﺖ ﻟﻮﺍﺀ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﻔﻊ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪-‬ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﹶﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﻎ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇِﺫ ﻫﺪﺍﻧﺎ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺴﺄﹶﻟﻪ ﺃﹶﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩِ ﺍﳌﻮﺣ‪‬ﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﺎﳊﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ ؛ ﺇِﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﲰﻴﻊ ﳎﻴﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪٍ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﺃﹶﲨﻌﲔ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪. ١٥٣ :‬‬

‫‪١٥٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺃﻣﻨﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺴﻒ ﺑﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻲ ﲤﻮﺭ ‪٣٧ ...................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻋﻈﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﺩﳍﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ‪١٤١ ،١٢١ ..............‬‬
‫ﺃﻓﺘﻤﺎﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻯ ‪٥٤ ..................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻢ ﳛﺰﻧﻮﻥ ‪٩٤ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﻭﻗﻞ ﻋﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺪﻳﲏ ﺭﰊ ﻷﻗﺮﺏ ‪٧٤ ......................‬‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﲣﺬﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﺒﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ‪١٢٥ ،٣٤ ......................‬‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻴﻒ ﺍﳋﺒﲑ ‪٣٧ ......................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ‪٣١ ................................... ................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﻭﻟﺪﺍ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﰲ ‪٦٥ ...................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﳚﺘﻨﺒﻮﻥ ﻛﺒﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻹﰒ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺣﺶ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﺍﳌﻐﻔﺮﺓ ‪٧٤ ..........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻨﻔﻘﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻇﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻆ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻓﲔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪١٢٩ ،١٢٧ ...............‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻟﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺭ‪‬ﻢ ‪٤٦ ........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ‪٤١ ،٣٧..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ‪٦٥ .............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ‪٣٩ ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ ﻻ ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻮﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ‪٣٨ .................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﲡﺰﻯ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﲟﺎ ﻛﺴﺒﺖ ﻻ ﻇﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ‪٦٦ ......................‬‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﺃﻣﻨﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺣﺎﺻﺒﺎ ﻓﺴﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ‪٣٧ ........................‬‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻭﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﻁ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻫﻮﺩﺍ ‪٣٦ ..................‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﲟﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ‪٤٦ ،٤٢......................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﳍﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻭﺱ ﻧﺰﻻ ‪٧٠ ............................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﰒ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺗﺘﱰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﻻ ‪٧٠ ..................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﰲ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪٨٤ ،٨١..................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﺑﲔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻪ ‪٥٠ .............................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻳﱰﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺚ ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺣﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﺭﻱ ‪٥٦ ........................‬‬

‫‪١٥١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻠﻢ ﻣﺜﻘﺎﻝ ﺫﺭﺓ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺗﻚ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﻳﻀﺎﻋﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺆﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻧﻪ ﺃﺟﺮﺍ ‪٦٧ ......................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳌﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺮﻙ ‪٨٦ ،٨٢ ،٧٧ ،٧٥ .........‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﲔ ‪٣٧ ،٣٢.....................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﲔ ﰲ ﺟﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ‪‬ﺮ ‪٨٣ .................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻦ ﲡﺪ ﳍﻢ ﻧﺼﲑﺍ ‪٨٤ ...................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﻜﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻏﲏ ﻋﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﺿﻰ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﺮﻭﺍ‪٦٦ ...........................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﰲ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﰒ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪٣١ ......................‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ‪٦٣ ...............................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺎ ﳓﻦ ﳓﻴﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺗﻰ ﻭﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﻭﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺃﺣﺼﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﰲ ‪٦٤ ........................‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺎ ﳓﻦ ﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﻟﻪ ﳊﺎﻓﻈﻮﻥ ‪٤٨ .......................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺎ ﻫﺪﻳﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﻛﺮﺍ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﻛﻔﻮﺭﺍ ‪٦٦ ...................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺟﻠﺖ ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻠﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ‪٧١ ،٧٠..........................‬‬
‫ﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﰒ ﱂ ﻳﺮﺗﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻭﺟﺎﻫﺪﻭﺍ ‪٢٨ .................................‬‬
‫ﺇﳕﺎ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻛﻮﻥ ‪٩٦ ......................................‬‬
‫ﺇﳕﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﻳﺆﺗﻮﻥ ‪٨٩ ............................‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﺮﱘ ‪٤٨ .........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭ‪‬ﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﻛﻠﻮﻥ ‪٩٦ ....................................‬‬
‫ﺇ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﻞ ﳍﻢ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺴﺘﻜﱪﻭﻥ ‪٣٣ .............................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﺎ ﳍﻢ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﻣﻐﻔﺮﺓ ﻭﺭﺯﻕ ﻛﺮﱘ ‪٧٠ ..........................‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﻧﻌﺒﺪ ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﲔ ‪٣٣ .................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺑﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﺸﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺗﺼﺒﻬﻢ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ‪٦٨ .............‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺑﺮ ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﺘﺒﲔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ‪٤٧ ..........................‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ﳚﺤﺪ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺇﻻ ‪٤٧ ..........................‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ‪١٥٠ ............................‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻣﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻭﳊﻢ ﺍﳋﱰﻳﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺨﻨﻘﺔ ‪١٣٣ ،١١٣ ................‬‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻈﻢ ﺷﻌﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ‪١٢٥ ........................................‬‬
‫ﺭﺳﻼ ﻣﺒﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﻨﺬﺭﻳﻦ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪٦٦ ،٥٠................‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺒﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ‪٥٣ ........................‬‬

‫‪١٥٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺷﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﻟﻮ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺷﺮﻛﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺁﺑﺎﺅﻧﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺮﻣﻨﺎ ‪٦٨ ،٦٧...................‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﺎ ‪٣٥ ،٣ ..............‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺒﻮﺍ ﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﳕﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺀﻫﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺿﻞ ﳑﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ‪٩٩ ...........................‬‬
‫ﻓﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﺳﻠﻔﺎ ﻭﻣﺜﻼ ﻟﻶﺧﺮﻳﻦ ‪١٦ ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﺗﻀﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﷲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ‪٣٦ ......................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻭﺭﺑﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺣﱴ ﳛﻜﻤﻮﻙ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺷﺠﺮ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﰒ ﻻ ﳚﺪﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ‪٥٢ ،١٨..............‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺁﺳﻔﻮﻧﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﺄﻏﺮﻗﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﺃﲨﻌﲔ ‪٣٩ ،١٦...........................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺑﻠﻎ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺎﺑﲏ ﺇﱐ ﺃﺭﻯ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻡ ﺃﱐ ﺃﺫﲝﻚ ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮ ‪٩٥ .............................‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺃﻟﻘﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻣﻠﻘﻮﻥ ‪٩٥ .......................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﲔ ‪٦٢ ..............................................................‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻜﻨﻮﻥ ‪٤٨ .......................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻟﻘﻮﺍ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﻟﻘﻮﺍ ﺳﺤﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺮﻫﺒﻮﻫﻢ ﻭﺟﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﺑﺴﺤﺮ ‪٩٥ ..........................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﺻﺪﻗﻬﻢ ﳍﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺕ ﲡﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷ‪‬ﺎﺭ ‪٣٩ ...............‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻻ ﲣﺎﻓﺎ ﺇﻧﲏ ﻣﻌﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﲰﻊ ﻭﺃﺭﻯ ‪٣٩ ....................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻳﺎﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻌﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺠﺪ ﳌﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﺃﺃﺳﺘﻜﱪﺕ ﺃﻡ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻦ ‪٣٨ .....................‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺃﻓﻠﺢ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ‪١٢٣ ......................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻜﻢ ﲢﻠﺔ ﺃﳝﺎﻧﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﻻﻛﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ‪٣٩ .........................‬‬
‫ﻗﻞ ﺃﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ ﺃﲣﺬ ﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﻓﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻄﻌﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻄﻌﻢ ‪٨٨ ..........................‬‬
‫ﻗﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺻﻼﰐ ﻭﻧﺴﻜﻲ ﻭﳏﻴﺎﻱ ﻭﳑﺎﰐ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ‪٣٤ ........................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺑﺎﺅﻛﻢ ﻭﺃﺑﻨﺎﺅﻛﻢ ﻭﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻜﻢ ﻭﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﻜﻢ ﻭﻋﺸﲑﺗﻜﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﻓﺘﻤﻮﻫﺎ ‪٨٩ .....‬‬
‫ﻗﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﲢﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻌﻮﱐ ﳛﺒﺒﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺫﻧﻮﺑﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﷲ ‪١٩ ،٧ .......................‬‬
‫ﻗﻞ ﳌﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗ ﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ‪٣٢ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻞ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻨﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﻻﻧﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻮﻛﻞ ‪٦٥ ...............................‬‬
‫ﻗﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻲ ﺃﺩﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺼﲑﺓ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﻌﲏ ﻭﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪٧ ............................‬‬
‫ﻗﻞ ﻳﺎﻋﺒﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺳﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻨﻄﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻥ ‪٨٥ ،٧٧.......................‬‬
‫ﻗﻞ ﻳﺎﻋﺒﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﺣﺴﻨﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ‪١٢٣ ...........................‬‬
‫ﻛﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﻛﺖ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺩﻛﺎ ﺩﻛﺎ ‪٤٠ .........................................................‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺧﲑ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺗﺄﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺗﻨﻬﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﺗﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ‪١٢١ .................‬‬

‫‪١٥٣‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻻ ﲡﺪ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻳﻮﺍﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪٩٠ ...........................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺆﺍﺧﺬﻛﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﻮ ﰲ ﺃﳝﺎﻧﻜﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺆﺍﺧﺬﻛﻢ ﲟﺎ ﻋﻘﺪﰎ ﺍﻷﳝﺎﻥ ‪١٤ ..........................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪٨٧ ...........................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ ‪٦٨ ،٦٧.....................................................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﷲ ﻧﻔﺴﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺳﻌﻬﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺴﺒﺖ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺒﺖ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ‪٦٦ .........................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳝﺴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳌﻄﻬﺮﻭﻥ ‪٤٨ ....................................................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻡ ‪٥ .................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺳﻮﺓ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﳌﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺟﻮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ‪١٩ ......................‬‬
‫ﳌﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪٦٧ ................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻭﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎﻙ ‪٦٦ ................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﺝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺧﻠﻮﺍ‪٦٣ ..........................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻜﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺧﺎﰎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﲔ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ‪٥١ ......................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﻈﻼﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﻴﺪ‪٦٧ ...................................................‬‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﺷﺪﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺭﲪﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﻫﻢ‪١٧ ............................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺻﺪﻗﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺎﻫﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﻰ ﳓﺒﻪ ‪١٩ ...........................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ﻓﻠﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺼﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪٣٧ ..........................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻃﺎﻉ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﱃ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺣﻔﻴﻈﺎ ‪١٨ .........................‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻇﻠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﻗﻀﻲ ‪٤٠ .........................‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻢ ‪٣٦ ....................................‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻟﻴﺰﺩﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺇﳝﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪٧١ .............................‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﰲ ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﰒ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ‪٣٧ ....................‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ ﰒ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺴﻮﺍﻫﻦ ‪٣٢ ........................‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ‪٩٥ .................‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻘﻤﺎﻥ ﻻﺑﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﻈﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﲏ ﻻ ﺗﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻟﻈﻠﻢ ‪٥ .............................‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻳﻜﻢ ﺯﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ‪٧١ ........................‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﺰﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺗﻚ ﻭﺃﺟﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﲞﻴﻠﻚ ﻭﺭﺟﻠﻚ ﻭﺷﺎﺭﻛﻬﻢ ‪٩٦ ................‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺸﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﻭﺑﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﰉ ‪٣٥ .........................‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺼﻤﻮﺍ ﲝﺒﻞ ﺍﷲ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺇﺫ ‪٢٨ ،٢٢........................‬‬

‫‪١٥٤‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﺪﺧﻠﻬﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺕ ﲡﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷ‪‬ﺎﺭ ‪٨٦ ......................‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﻛﺬﺑﻮﺍ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﻭﻥ ‪٨٤ ..........................‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﲟﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻭﺑﺎﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻮﻗﻨﻮﻥ ‪٥٦ ........................‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﻌﻮﻫﻢ ﺑﺈﺣﺴﺎﻥ ‪١٠٧ ........................‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ‪٧٠ ................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﻳﻨﻬﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ‪٨٧ .......................‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺍﻗﺘﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﺄﺻﻠﺤﻮﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺑﻐﺖ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﳘﺎ ‪٨١ ...........................‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﺮﺍﻃﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﺗﺒﻌﻮﻩ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻞ ﻓﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ ‪١٥١ ،٧................‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﺘﱰﻳﻞ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ‪٤٧ ..................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﳍﻢ ﺟﻨﺎﺕ ﲡﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷ‪‬ﺎﺭ ‪٨٣ .....................‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻭﺭﺛﺘﻤﻮﻫﺎ ﲟﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ‪٧٠ ................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻧﺎﺿﺮﺓ ‪٤٠ .....................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺳﻼ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺼﺼﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺭﺳﻼ ﱂ ﻧﻘﺼﺼﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻭﻛﻠﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ‪٣٩ ........‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺮ ﻻﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ ﺃﻛﺮﻣﻲ ﻣﺜﻮﺍﻩ ﻋﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ‪٩ ............................‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻳﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻐﻠﻮﻟﺔ ﻏﻠﺖ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍ ﲟﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺪﺍﻩ ‪٣٨ .............................‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﲣﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻭﻟﺪﺍ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﻜﺮﻣﻮﻥ ‪٤٣ ..........................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺳﺨﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻟﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪٣٢ ...........‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﳑﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻔﺴﻖ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﻟﻴﻮﺣﻮﻥ ‪٩٦ ،٩٤..................‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﻔﺴﺪﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺩﻋﻮﻩ ﺧﻮﻓﺎ ﻭﻃﻤﻌﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ‪٥ .........................‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻦ ﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺇﱐ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻏﺪﺍ ‪٧٤ ......................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻛﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ‪٢٢ .......................‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺼﺼﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻧﻘﺼﺺ ‪٥١ ................‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻭﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻟﺌﻦ ﺃﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻟﻴﺤﺒﻄﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻮﻧﻦ ‪٨١ .................‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺜﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻨﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻏﻮﺕ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ‪٨٨ ،٥١................‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺁﻩ ﺑﺎﻷﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ‪٤٥ ...................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻧﺰﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ‪٤٥ ....................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺭﺟﺎﻻ ﻧﻮﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﺎﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺇﻥ ‪١٠٠ .........................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺇﻻ ﻧﻮﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻓﺎﻋﺒﺪﻭﻥ‪٣٣ .......................‬‬

‫‪١٥٥‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﻻ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪٥٢ ...........................................................‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺸﲑﺍ ﻭﻧﺬﻳﺮﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ‪٥٣ ........................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﻓﺒﻤﺎ ﻛﺴﺒﺖ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻜﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﻔﻮ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ‪١٢٤ ..............................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﺎﺀﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ‪٦٧ ،٦٥.............................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﺪ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻓﺘﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ ‪٧٣ ،٧١ ،٤٥ ...............‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﳉﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻴﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ ‪٣٤ ،٣ .................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻜﻢ ﲟﺠﻨﻮﻥ ‪٤٥ ...................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﻀﻞ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺫ ﻫﺪﺍﻫﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺒﲔ ﳍﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻘﻮﻥ ﺇﻥ ‪٦٤ ............................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳍﻢ ‪٩٧ ............................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ ‪٦٥ ....................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺃﻥ ﲤﻮﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻣﺆﺟﻼ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺩ ﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ‪٨٦ ......................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﳍﻢ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻌﺬ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺼﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ‪٩٤ ............................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ‪٥٢ ،٣٦...............................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﺎ ﳑﻦ ﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﷲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﳏﺴﻦ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﻣﻠﺔ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺎ ‪١٥٠ ....................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻗﻮﻻ ﳑﻦ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ‪١٣٧ ......................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﻮﻥ ‪٨٩ ..............................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻉ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺇﳍﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻻ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺈﳕﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻪ ﺇﻧﻪ ‪٣٣ ............................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻏﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﺔ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻔﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺻﻄﻔﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ‪١٥٠ .....................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﻗﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻏﲑ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ‪٢٧ ،٢٠ ،١٦ .............‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻄﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻓﺄﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﲔ ‪١٧ ...........................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺺ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﻧﺎﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﺪﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻪ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ‪١٨ .......................‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺻﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺣﺴﻨﺎ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺟﺎﻫﺪﺍﻙ ﻟﺘﺸﺮﻙ ﰊ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻚ ﺑﻪ ‪١٢٩ ......................‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﻣﲔ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﲔ ﳑﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻳﺎﻭﻳﻠﺘﻨﺎ ﻣﺎﻝ ‪٦٧ ...........................‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺭﺑﻚ ﺫﻭ ﺍﳉﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻡ ‪٣٩ ..................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺬﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻧﲔ ﺑﺎ ﷲ ‪٣٩ ........................‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﻧﺒﻌﺚ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺷﻬﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﺟﺌﻨﺎ ﺑﻚ ﺷﻬﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪٤٧ ................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻖ ﺗﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻻ ﲤﻮﺗﻦ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ‪١٠ ............................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻗﻮﻻ ﺳﺪﻳﺪﺍ ‪١٠ ..............................................‬‬

‫‪١٥٦‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺒﻮﺍ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺇﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺇﰒ ﻭﻻ ‪١٢٧ ............................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻭﱄ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ‪١٠٢ ،٩٨ ،١٩ .................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺒﻄﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻜﻢ ‪١٨ ............................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪٤٢ .........................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ‪٨٥ .....................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺨﺬﻭﺍ ﻋﺪﻭﻱ ﻭﻋﺪﻭﻛﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺗﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺩﺓ‪٨٩ ................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ‪٩٨ ..............................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺗﺪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻘﻮﻡ ﳛﺒﻬﻢ ‪٣٩ ..................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﻠﻮﺍ ﳑﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺣﻼﻻ ﻃﻴﺒﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ‪٤٩ .......................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺟﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ ﻭﺍﻏﻠﻆ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﺄﻭﺍﻫﻢ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ‪٩٠ .............................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺑﲏ ﺃﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻧﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﺻﱪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻚ ‪١٢٢ ......................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﻧﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻟﺴﱳ ﻛﺄﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺇﻥ ﺍﺗﻘﻴﱳ ﻓﻼ ﲣﻀﻌﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻄﻤﻊ ‪١١٠ ....................‬‬
‫ﳛﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻟﲑﺿﻮﻛﻢ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﺣﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺿﻮﻩ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﲔ ‪١٩ ....................‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺗﺒﻴﺾ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻭﺗﺴﻮﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻮﺩﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﺃﻛﻔﺮﰎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﻜﻢ ‪٢٦ ...............‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﻕ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ‪٣٩ .............................‬‬

‫‪١٥٧‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺤﺔ ‪٨٤ ...................‬‬
‫ﺃﺗﺎﱐ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻓﺒﺸﺮﱐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ‪٧٥ ....................‬‬
‫ﺍﺛﻨﺘﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﳘﺎ ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﻔﺮ؛ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻴﺖ ‪٨٢ ...........................‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﰐ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺕ ‪٦٢ ...........................‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻄﺲ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ؛ ﻓﻠﻴﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﷲ‪١٣٤ .........................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻷﺧﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ‪٧٨ .......................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻛﻢ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﱵ‪ ،‬ﺃﺫﻛﺮﻛﻢ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﱵ ‪١١٠ .......................................‬‬
‫ﺍﲰﻌﻮﺍ ﻭﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺣﺒﺸﻲ ﻛﺄﻥ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺯﺑﻴﺒﺔ ‪١٠٢ ..........................‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﺎ؛ ﺃﺣﺴﻨﻬﻢ ﺧﻠﻘﺎ ‪١٢٥ .....................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺭﰊ ﺃﻣﺮﱐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺟﻬﻠﺘﻢ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﲏ ﻳﻮﻣﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳓﻠﺘﻪ ‪٦ .......................‬‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﺗﺄﻣﻨﻮﱐ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻣﲔ ﻣﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ؟ ‪٣٨ ......................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﻀﻊ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺷﻌﺒﺔ؛ ﻓﺄﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﺇﻣﺎﻃﺔ ‪٧١ ........................‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻼﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﱵ ﺛﻼﺛﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ؛ ﰒ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪١٠٩ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ‪١٢٢ ........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ ‪٩٦ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻜﻢ ‪٧٤ .........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﺣﺐ ﻭﻛﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺆﻣﺮ ﲟﻌﺼﻴﺔ‪١٠٥ ..................... ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﺸﻔﻌﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ‪٦٢ ..................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﰊ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺨﺬﻭﻫﻢ ﻏﺮﺿﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ؛ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺣﺒﻬﻢ ﻓﺒﺤﱯ ﺃﺣﺒﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ‪١٠٨ ..............‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺐ‪١١٦ .....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﻟﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ؛ ﻓﻴﺴﺒﻖ ‪٨٣ ..................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ؛ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ‪٤٤ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻟﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ؛ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ‪٨٣ ...................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﺻﻄﻔﻰ ﺑﲏ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺻﻄﻔﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲏ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﺻﻄﻔﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻨﺎﻧﺔ ‪١١٠ .............‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﱄ ﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺁﺫﻧﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﺏ ‪٩٤ ...............................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﳚﻤﻊ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ ﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪١٠٩ ......................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﳚﻤﻊ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻼﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﺬ ﺷﺬ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ‪٩٩ ..................‬‬

‫‪١٥٨‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ‪٦٤ ...................‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺧﲑﻩ ﻭﺷﺮﻩ ‪٢٩ ............‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺣﺐ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻫﻢ؛ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺭﺿﻲ ‪١٢٣ ..................‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﲏ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ؛ ﻳﺼﺮﻓﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ‪٦٥ .......‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺒﻜﻢ ﺇﱄ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺑﻜﻢ ﻣﲏ ﳎﻠﺴﺎ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ؛ ﺃﺣﺴﻨﻜﻢ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﺎ‪١٢٥ .........................‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻧﱯ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ؛ ﺣﱴ‪١٢٣ .........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻮﻗﻜﻢ؛ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺃﺟﺪﺭ ‪١٢٤ ...................‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻜﻢ ﺳﺘﺮﻭﻥ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻟﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻀﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻪ ‪٤٠ .........................‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺀ ﻓﺘﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻭﺗﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ؛ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻛﺮﻩ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﺮﺉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ‪١٠٤ .................‬‬
‫ﺇﱐ ﻓﺮﻃﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺮﺏ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﺏ ﱂ ﻳﻈﻤﺄ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﻟﲑﺩﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪٦١ ..............‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺛﻖ ﻋﺮﻯ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ ﰲ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺐ ﰲ ﺍﷲ‪٨٨ .............................. ،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺻﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍ ﺣﺒﺸﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺶ ‪٧ .....................‬‬
‫ﺃﳝﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﺉ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻷﺧﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺀ ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﺭﺟﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪٧٨ ......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺭﺟﻞ ﳝﺸﻲ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺪ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺷﻮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﺄﺧﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﻜﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ؛ ﻓﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻪ ‪٨٥ .........‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻀﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﲤﺴﻜﺘﻢ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪٩٧ ........................‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﻭﺗﻄﻴﻊ ﻟﻸﻣﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺿﺮﺏ ﻇﻬﺮﻙ ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ؛ ﻓﺎﲰﻊ ﻭﺃﻃﻊ ‪١٠٢ ..........................‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺘﺮﻕ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻣﻠﺔ؛ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ‪٢٠ ...........................‬‬
‫ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺣﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﳑﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﳘﺎ‪٨٨ .............. ،‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﺿﻲ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﺷﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺅﻩ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﱭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﳛﻪ ﺃﻃﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﺰﺍﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺠﻮﻡ ‪٦١ ..........‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺋﻤﺘﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﲢﺒﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﳛﺒﻮﻧﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻭﺗﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺭ ‪١٠٤ ..............‬‬
‫ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻗﺮﱐ ﰒ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﰒ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ‪٢٠ ،١٧........................................‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻓﺴﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﻔﺮ ‪٨١ .........................................................‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻣﱵ ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﳛﺪﺛﻮﻧﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺁﺑﺎﺅﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻳﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻫﻢ ‪١١٢ ..‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ ‪٢٣ ...................‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﻨﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ؛ ﲤﺴﻜﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻀﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪٩٨ .....................‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﺇ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﲏ؛ ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻚ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﺳﺤﻘﺎ ﺳﺤﻘﺎ ﳌﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ‪٦١ ......‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺧﲑ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﲑ ﺍﳍﺪﻱ ﻫﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﳏﺪﺛﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪١١٣ ................ ،‬‬

‫‪١٥٩‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺶ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻓﺴﲑﻯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ؛ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﻨﱵ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﺎﺀ ‪٢١ ..................‬‬
‫ﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻛﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ‪١١١ ..................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻫﻞ ﻳﻌﻔﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻇﻬﺮﻛﻢ ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﻴﻞ ﻧﻌﻤ ‪٥٥ ............................‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺇﱐ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﳉﻦ ﰲ ﻧﺒﺄ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﻠﻖ ﻭﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻏﲑﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺯﻕ ﻭﻳﺸﻜﺮ ﻏﲑﻱ ‪٥ ..............‬‬
‫ﻗﻞ ﺁﻣﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﷲ؛ ﰒ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻢ ‪٧١ ................................. ................................‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺑﻮﺍﻩ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﺼﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﺃﻭ ﳝﺠﺴﺎﻧﻪ ‪٦ .............................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻨﻮﺍ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ؛ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻟﻘﻴﺘﻤﻮﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﺻﱪﻭﺍ ‪١٢٤ ............................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﲢﻘﺮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﺃﺧﺎﻙ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ ﻃﻠﻖ ‪١٢٩ ................................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻠﺐ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ‪٤٤ ................................................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺮﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻛﻔﺎﺭﺍ ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﺑﻌﻀﻜﻢ ﺭﻗﺎﺏ ﺑﻌﺾ ‪٨٢ ........................................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻀﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺬﳍﻢ؛ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺄﰐ ‪١١ ...................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﱵ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻀﺮﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺬﳍﻢ؛ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻬﻢ ‪٨ .........................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺒﻮﺍ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﰊ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺒﻮﺍ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﰊ؛ ﻓﻮﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﺃﻧﻔﻖ ‪١٠٩ ................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﻌﻨﻮﻩ ﺇﻧﻪ ﳛﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ‪٩٠ ............................................................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ‪١٠٥ ............................................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﺣﱴ ﳛﺐ ﻷﺧﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺐ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ‪٨٩ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺧﲑﻩ ﻭﺷﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻪ ‪٦٣ ...................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻗﺘﺎﺕ ‪١٢٧ ..................................................................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﻊ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ‪١٠٨ ...................................................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﺜﻘﺎﻝ ﺣﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺮﺩﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺇﳝﺎﻥ ‪٧٥ ...............................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺮﻣﻲ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺴﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﻣﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﱂ ‪٧٨ ...............‬‬
‫ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻻﺗﻜﻢ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺗﻜﺮﻫﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﺎﻛﺮﻫﻮﺍ ‪١٠٤ ...................‬‬
‫ﻻ؛ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻠﻮﺍ ‪١٠٤ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻳﻬﺪﻱ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻚ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺧﲑ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻚ ﲪﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻢ ‪١٣٩ ......................‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺘﺒﻌﻦ ﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﻜﻢ ﺷﱪﺍ ﺑﺸﱪ ﻭﺫﺭﺍﻋﺎ ﺑﺬﺭﺍﻉ ‪٢١ .......................................‬‬
‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺮﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻣﺘﻬﻢ ‪١٢٢ ........................................‬‬
‫ﱂ ﻳﺒﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳌﺒﺸﺮﺍﺕ ‪٩٦ ............................................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺒﻠﻐﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﺪﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻭﺑﺮ؛ ‪٩ ..........................‬‬

‫‪١٦٠‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﰊ ‪٢٠ ،٨ ................................................................‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﻴﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻧﺖ ؟ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ؛ ‪٨٥ ......................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺃﺛﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻟﻴﺒﻠﻎ ‪١٢٥ ..........‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﺮﻋﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﳝﻮﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﳝﻮﺕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻏﺎﺵ ﻟﺮﻋﻴﺘﻪ؛ ﺇﻻ ﺣﺮﻡ ‪١٠٥ ..................‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﱯ ﺑﻌﺜﻪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ‪١١٢ ...............‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻄﺮ؛ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻯ ﺃﻭﻟﻪ ﺧﲑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ‪١١ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺐ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻐﺾ ﷲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ‪٧١ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺐ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻐﺾ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻊ ﷲ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ‪٨٨ .........................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺭﺩ ‪١١٣ .............................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻃﺎﻋﲏ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻃﺎﻉ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﺼﺎﱐ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﺼﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﲑ ﻓﻘﺪ ‪١٠٢ .................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﻒ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺷﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﻔﺮ ‪٨٢ ....................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺭﺟﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻭ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺣﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪٧٨ ....................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻣﻨﻜﺮﺍ ﻓﻠﻴﻐﲑﻩ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﻓﺒﻠﺴﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ‪١٢١ ،٧٢ ..............‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺃﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﻭﺃﺟﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ؛ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ‪٢١ ............‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺻﻤﺖ ﳒﺎ ‪١٢٧ ........................................ ................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻼ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺭﺩ ‪١١٣ ..................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺃ ﺣﺮﻓﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ؛ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﺸﺮ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ‪٤٩ ....................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻠﻴﻘﻞ ﺧﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻴﺼﻤﺖ ‪١٢٧ ..................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﲑﻩ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻠﻴﺼﱪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ‪١٠٣ .............‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪٨٣ ............................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻢ؛ ‪١٢٦ .......................‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺑﲏ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻨﺘﲔ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺘﺮﻕ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﲔ ‪٨ ................‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻠﺔ ﺳﺘﻔﺘﺮﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻨﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ‪٢٣ ...................‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺭﻣﻰ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﻜﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﻘﺘﻠﻪ ‪٧٨ .....................................................‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ؛ ﻓﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﻠﻪ ‪٥٨ ........................................................‬‬
‫ﻳﱰﻝ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺛﻠﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ؛ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ‪٤٠ .......................‬‬

‫‪١٦١‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﻣﻌﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩ ‪٣ ....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ‪١٠ .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ‪١٤ ...............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ‪١٤ ..................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ‪١٦ .................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪٢١ ......................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪٢٤ ..................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻔﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪٢٦ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪٢٧ ..................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪٢٩ .........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪٢٩ ...................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺭﻛﺎﻧﻪ ‪٢٩ .................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﷲ ‪٣١ ....................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ‪٤٢ .................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺐ ‪٤٦ ................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻞ ‪٥٠ .................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ‪٥٦ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭ ‪٦٣ ................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ‪٦٩ ..............................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ‪٦٩ ..............................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻹِﳝﺎﻥ ‪٧٣ ..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﲑ ‪٧٧ ...............................‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺍ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺐ ﻣﻜﻔﱢﺮﺍ ﺇِﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇِﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ‬
‫ﲟﻮﺟﺒﻬﺎ ‪٧٧ ....................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﲔ ‪٧٨ ............................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ‪٨٠ ................................................................‬‬

‫‪١٦٢‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻴﺰ ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻋﻴﺪ ‪٨٢ .....................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻻﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﺍﺓ )( ﰲ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪٨٧ .............................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ‪٩٣ .......................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ‪٩٧ ...................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻻﺓ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ‪١٠٢ .........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺁﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺍﳋﻼﻓﺔ ‪١٠٦ ..................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ‪١١١ .........................‬‬
‫ﻳ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻐِﻀ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﺃﹶﻫﻞ ﺍﻷَﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﹶﺣﺪﺛﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨﻪ‪١١١ .................‬‬
‫ﻣِﻦ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺃﺋﻤ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻣِﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉِ ‪١١٦ .............................‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ‪١٢٠ ......................‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺋﻤ‪‬ﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﻉ ‪١٢٨ ...........‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇِﱃ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‪١٣٦ ............................‬‬
‫ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﻣﻨﻄﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺓ ‪١٣٨ ...................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ‪١٤٢ ............................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﳋﺘـﺎﻡ ‪١٤٨ ....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ‪١٥٠ ......................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ‪١٥١ .....................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ‪١٥٨ ..................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ ‪١٦٢ ...........................................................................‬‬

‫‪١٦٣‬‬